OWNER'S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2022 VERSAOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGWARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passengervehicle or off-highwaymotor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except asnecessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated areaand wear gloves or wash your hands frequently whenservicing your vehicle. For more information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you un-derstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. The “Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manualexplains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re-solve any concerns you may have withyour vehicle, and clarify your rights un-der your state's lemon law.A NISSAN dealership knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service or haveany questions, they will be glad to assistyou with the extensive resources availableto them.In addition to factory-installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed prior to de-livery. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures,

warnings, cautions and instructions con-cerning proper use of such accessoriesprior to operating the vehicle and/or ac-cessory. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner's Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements assisting you in the safe op-eration of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!• NEVER drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs.• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits

and never drive too fast for conditions.• ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

• ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems.Preteen children should be seated inthe rear seat.

• ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety, emissions or durabilityand may even violate governmentalregulations. In addition, damage or per-formance problems resulting frommodifications may not be covered un-der NISSAN warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, for ex-ample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnos-tics, telematics or engine reprogram-ming, may cause interference or dam-age to vehicle systems. We do notrecommend or endorse the use of anyaftermarket OBD plug-in devices, un-less specifically approved by NISSAN.The vehicle warranty may not coverdamage caused by any aftermarketplug-in device.

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in your ve-hicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or in-stalled on your vehicle.All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. NISSAN reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, NISSAN may update orrevise this manual to provide Owners withthe most accurate information currentlyavailable. Please carefully read and retainwith this manual all revision updates sentto you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac-cess to accurate and up-to-date informa-tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver-sions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and anyupdates can also be found in the Ownersection of the NISSAN website at https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs. For contact information, re-

fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death or se-rious personal injury. To avoid or re-duce the risk, the procedures must befollowed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followedcarefully.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in theillustration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material – special handling mayapply. For additional information, refer towww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

BLUETOOTH® is atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. andlicensed toPanasonic.

© Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.All rights reserved. No part of this Owner'sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-erwise, without the prior written permis-sion of Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.

APD1005

NISSAN CARES . . .Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:For U.S. customers

1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:– Your name, address, and telephone

number– Vehicle identification number (attached

to the top of the instrument panel on thedriver's side)

– Date of purchase– Current odometer reading– Your NISSAN dealer's name– Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-tion at:For U.S. customers

Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:information.centre@nissancanada.com

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofcontents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-6)2. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)

3. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) andshoulder height adjuster (P. 1-10, 1-16)

4. Seat (P. 1-2)

5. Supplemental air bag modules (P. 1-41)6. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P. 1-41)7. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P. 1-22)9. Rear outboard seat belts (P. 1-10)10. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-

impact supplemental air bags (P. 1-41)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2597

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine hood (P. 3-27)2. Windshield (P. 8-16)3. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39)4. Power windows (P. 2-58)

5. Door locks (P. 3-5)NISSAN Intelligent Key® system(if so equipped) (P. 3-11)Keys (P. 3-2)

6. Mirrors (P. 3-34)7. Tire pressure (P. 8-27)

Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-36)

8. Headlight and turn signal switch(P. 2-40)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system(if so equipped) (P. 2-46)LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system (if so equipped) (P. 2-46)Replacing bulbs (P. 8-24)

9. Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2598

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-40)2. High mounted stop light (P. 8-24)3. Trunk opener switch (P. 3-27)4. License plate lights (P. 8-24)

5. Rearview camera (P. 4-9)6. Parking sensor(s) (P. 5-123)7. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-24)

8. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-30)Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-30)Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)

9. Child safety rear door locks (P. 3-7)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2593

EXTERIOR REAR

1. Interior light (P. 2-61)2. Sun visors (P. 3-33)3. Map light (P. 2-62)4. Rearview mirror (P. 3-34)

5. Glove box (P. 2-57)6. Parking brake (P. 5-26)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2658

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

1. Vents (P. 4-16)2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/

turn signal switch (P. 2-40)

3. Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)Horn (P. 2-48)

4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-11)Trip computer (if so equipped) (P. 2-10)Vehicle information display(if so equipped) (P. 2-24)

5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39)6. Center display controls (if so equipped)

(P. 4-2, 4-8, 4-27)Audio controls (P. 4-2, 4-8, 4-27)

7. Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-52)Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)

8. Center display (P. 4-2, 4-8, 4-27)9. Passenger's supplemental air bag

(P. 1-41)10. Front passenger’s supplemental knee

airbag (P. 1-60)11. Glove box (P. 2-57)12. Climate controls (P. 4-16, 4-24)

Heated seat switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-49)

13. Shift lever (P. 5-21)14. Push-button ignition switch

(if so equipped) (P. 5-13)15. Power outlet (P. 2-54)

USB connection port (P. 4-2, 4-36)AUX jack (P. 4-2, 4-39)LII2594

INSTRUMENT PANEL

16. Cruise control switches (if so equipped)(P. 5-51)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-53)Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(P. 4-2, 4-50)

17. Driver supplemental knee air bag(P. 1-60)

18. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel locklever (P. 3-32)

19. Hood release (P. 3-27)Fuel-filler door release (P. 3-30)

20. Steering wheel switches for audiocontrol (P. 4-2, 4-45)Control panel and vehicle informationdisplay switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-24)

21. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (if so equipped) (P. 2-51)Enter/select switch for trip computer(if so equipped) (P. 2-10)Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection OFF switch(if so equipped) (P 2-50)Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) (P 2-52)Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) (P 2-50)

* Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner's Manual (if so equipped).

1.6L 4 cylinder (HR16DE engine model)1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)2. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-10)3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)4. Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid

reservoir (P. 8-9)5. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-18)6. Battery (P. 8-12)7. Fuse box (P. 8-18)8. Air cleaner (P. 8-16)9. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)10. Drive belt location (P. 8-14)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

Your vehicle may not be equipped withan engine cover.

LDI3658

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Warning/Indicatorlight (red)

Name Page

Brake warninglight

Charge warninglight

Door openwarning light (if soequipped)

Engine oil pres-sure warning light

High temperaturewarning light (red)(if so equipped)

Warning/Indicatorlight (red)

Name Page

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

Master warninglight (if soequipped)

Rear seat beltwarning light andchime (if soequipped)

Seat belt warninglight and chime

Security indicatorlight

Supplemental airbag warning light

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

Automatic Emer-gency Braking(AEB) with Pedes-trian Detectionsystem warninglight

Continuously Vari-able Transmission(CVT) indicatorlight (if soequipped)

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Engine start op-eration indicatorlight (if soequipped)

Front passengerair bag statuslight

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)indicator light

Low fuel warninglight (if soequipped)

Low tire pressurewarning light

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Low windshield-washer fluidwarning light (if soequipped)

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

Master warninglight (if soequipped)

NISSAN IntelligentKey® warning light(if so equipped)

Power steeringwarning light

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB)warning light

Shift P (Park)warning light (if soequipped)

Slip indicator light 2-21

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFFindicator light

Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

CRUISE indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

Front fog light in-dicator light(green) (if soequipped)

High Beam Assistindicator light(green)

High beam indi-cator light (blue)

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)indicator light(green) (if soequipped)

Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

NISSAN IntelligentKey® warning light(green) (if soequipped)

SET indicator light(green) (if soequipped)

Side light andheadlight indica-tor light (green)

SPORT mode indi-cator light (green)(if so equipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights (green)

1 Safety-Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Folding rear seat (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Armrest (if so equipped for driver’s sideonly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Seat belt warning light and chime . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Three-point type seat belt withretractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . .1-41Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-62Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . 1-63

WARNING

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

• For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat properly. For additional infor-mation, see “Precautions on seat beltusage” (P. 1-10).

• After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

• Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved inserious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

• Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could cause lossof control of the vehicle.

• The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seatbackis reclined, the risk of sliding underthe lap belt and being injured isincreased.

ARS1152

1-2 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENTYour vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-ally. For additional information about ad-justing the seats, refer to the steps outlinedin this section.

Forward and backwardPull the lever up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the de-sired position. Release the lever to lock theseat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever upand lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever up and lean your bodyforward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. For additional information, see “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-10). Also, theseatback can be reclined to allow occupantsto rest when the vehicle is stopped and theshift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral) positionwith the parking brake fully applied.

LRS2795 LRS2814

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (driver's seat)Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired po-sition is achieved.

FOLDING REAR SEAT (if soequipped)1. Pull up OA to fold each seatback down.

2. To return the rear seat to a seating posi-tion, lift up on the seatback and push itup to an upright position. Firmly presszones OA and OB to lock the seatback inplace.

LRS3254 LRS3247 LRS3281

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in seri-ous injury or death in an accident orsudden stop.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it from slid-ing or shifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatbacks. In a sud-den stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

• When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

• Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent themfrom playing and becoming locked inthe hatch where they could be seri-ously injured. Keep the car locked,with the rear seatback and hatch se-curely latched when not in use, andprevent children's access to car keys.

ARMREST (if so equipped fordriver’s side only)To use the armrest, pull it down to the rest-ing position.

LRS2454

�A Stowed position

�B Resting position

WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end colli-sions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly,as specified in this section. Check theadjustment after someone else usesthe seat. Do not attach anything to thehead restraint/headrest stalks or re-move the head restraint/headrest. Donot use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the headrestraint/headrest was removed, rein-stall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to fol-low these instructions can reduce theeffectiveness of the head restraints/headrests. This may increase the risk ofserious injury or death in a collision.

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with headrestraints/headrests.� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).• Your vehicle is equipped with a head

restraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

• Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk(s)to lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

• The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

• Proper Adjustment:– For the adjustable type, align the head

restraint/headrest so the center ofyour ear is approximately level with thecenter of the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

• If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in that des-ignated seating position.

LRS3317

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to

the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks

with the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with thenotch (notches) O1 must be installed inthe hole with the lock knob O2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrestAdjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

LRS2303 WRS0134

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrestMake sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

LRS2351 LRS2305 LRS2306

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured or killedin a collision and/or the severity of injurymay be greatly reduced. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.

WARNING

• The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

SSS0134 SSS0016

WARNING

• Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

• Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOTTHE WAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internal in-juries in an accident.

• Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

• Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

• Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

• Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

• If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indi-cate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material, orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

• Once seat belt pretensioner(s) haveactivated, they cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.NISSAN recommends that all seatbelt assemblies in use during a colli-sion be replaced unless the collisionwas minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

• All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer's inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0014

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT ANDCHIMEThe driver and front passenger seat isequipped with an enhanced seat belt re-minder function. If your vehicle is equippedwith an enhanced seat belt reminder func-tion, a visual and audible alert will operate ifa driver or front passenger seat belt is un-buckled at speeds of approximately 9 mph(15 km/h) or more under the following con-ditions:• If the driver seat belt is not fastened.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and the seat is occupied by a pas-senger for 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and objects or external force onthe passenger seat change the seat beltreminder classification to Occupied.

The seat belt warning light will flash underthe conditions shown above until the nec-essary seat belt is securely fastened.A warning chime will sound for approxi-mately 90 seconds or until one of the fol-lowing conditions is met:• The unbuckled front occupant’s seat belt

is securely fastened.• The seat belt reminder function in the

front passenger seat no longer detectsthat the front passenger seat is occupied.

• The ignition is turned off.The below situations could result in theseat belt reminder light being illuminatedand the chime sounding, even with no oc-cupant present in the passenger seat:• Heavy objects placed on the seat.• Someone pushing or pulling on the front

passenger seat.

• An object placed under the front passen-ger seat.

• An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console or between theseat cushion and the door.

• An object hanging on the seat or placedin the seatback pocket.

• A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

The rear seats are equipped with a seatbelt warning message in the vehicle in-formation display.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24 ).

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips, notthe waist. Place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations.

LRS0786

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

• For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly.

• Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be se-riously injured or killed if the seat beltretracts and becomes tight. This canoccur even if the vehicle is parked.Unbuckle the seat belt to release thechild. If the seat belt cannot be un-buckled or is already unbuckled, re-lease the child by cutting the seatbelt with a suitable tool (such as aknife or scissors) to release the seatbelt. Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-tion, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).

LRS2795

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac-tor and insert the tongue into the buckleOA until you hear and feel the latchengage.• The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits theseat belt to move, and allows yousome freedom of movement in theseat.

• If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips OB as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack OC . Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rearseating positions’ three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-tend and retract to allow the driver andpassengers some freedom of movement

in the seat. The ELR locks the seat beltwhen the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat belt re-turns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information,see “Child restraints” (P. 1-20).The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it is ac-tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension. It can also change the op-eration of the front passenger air bag.For additional information, see “Supple-mental air bag warning light” (P. 1-63).

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be cer-tain that the seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an accident orsudden stop.

LRS3087 LRS2675

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle O1 . The seat belt automati-cally retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:• When the seat belt is pulled quickly from

the retractor• When the vehicle slows down rapidly

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:• Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward

quickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, see “Precautions onseat belt usage” (P. 1-10). To adjust, pull outthe adjustment button O1 and move theshoulder belt anchor to the desired posi-tion O2 , so the belt passes over the centerof the shoulder. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but not falling offyour shoulder. Release the adjustment but-ton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

WRS0139 LRS0242

WARNING

• After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

• The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available for purchase. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for assistance with purchasing anextender if an extender is required.

WARNING

• Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

• Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal injuryin the event of an accident.

• Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

• If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul-der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

• Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. If looseparts, deterioration, cuts or other dam-age on the webbing is found, the entireseat belt assembly should be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-lease the child. If the seat belt cannotbe unbuckled or is already unbuckled,release the child by cutting the seatbelt with a suitable tool (such as a knifeor scissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:• Rear-facing child restraints

• Forward-facing child restraints• Booster seatsThe proper restraint depends on the child'ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle's seat belts maynot fit them properly. The shoulder beltmay come too close to the face or neck.The lap belt may not fit over their smallhip bones. In an accident, an improp-erly fitting seat belt could cause seriousor fatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-20).

A child restraint may be secured in the ve-hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-20).NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. For additional informa-tion, see “Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem (SRS)” (P. 1-41).

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer's instructions for installation anduse.

CHILD SAFETY

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long as pos-sible up to the height or weight limit of thechild restraint. Children who outgrow theheight or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommen-dations. NISSAN recommends that smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraintmanufacturer.Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle por-tion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen.A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seatbelt. The booster seat should fit the vehicleseat and have a label certifying that it com-plies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Once the child hasgrown so the shoulder belt is no longer onor near the face and neck and the lap beltcan be positioned properly across the

lower hips or upper thighs, use the seat beltwithout the booster seat.A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:• Are the child’s back and hips against the

vehicle seatback?• Is the child able to sit without slouching?• Do the child’s knees bend easily over the

front edge of the seat with feet flat on thefloor?

• Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lapbelt low and snug across the hips andshoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

• Is the child able to use the properly ad-justed head restraint/headrest?

• Will the child be able to stay in position forthe entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your child isusing the correct restraint system beforetraveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result in se-rious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:– The child restraint must be used

and installed properly. Always fol-low all of the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions for instal-lation and use.

LRS2690 ARS1098

CHILD RESTRAINTS

– Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone's lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around botha child and another passenger.

– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that childrenare safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If you must install aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, see “Forward-

facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P. 1-33).

– Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill a child.A rear-facing child restraint mustonly be used in the rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child andvehicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or otheritems or equipment to the vehicle.Doing so could damage the childrestraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged an-chorage, and a child could beseriously injured or killed in acollision.

– Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts, or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the childrestraint.

– Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while in the vehicle.

• When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH sys-tem or a seat belt. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose objects can injure oc-cupants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

WRS0256

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to these an-chors. For additional information, see“LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system” (P. 1-22).If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts can beused.Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:• Choose only a restraint with a label certi-

fying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle'sseat and seat belt system.

• If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild's height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

• If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),you may use either the LATCH anchors orthe seat belt to install the child restraint(not both at the same time).

• If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the childrestraint.

• Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-quires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to thedesignated anchor point on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with LATCH sys-tem compatible child restraints. This sys-tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIXor ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint unless thecombined weight of the child and child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and child restraintis greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg) use the vehi-cle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to

LRS3341LATCH system lower anchor locations

install the child restraint. Be sure to followthe child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation.The LATCH anchor points can be used toinstall child restraints in either the rear out-board seating positions or in the centerrear seating position. Please refer to thefollowing section of this Owner’s Manual forspecific information about installing a childrestraint in the center rear seating positionusing the LATCH anchors.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:– Only attach LATCH system compat-

ible child restraints to the Lower An-chors shown in the illustration. Foradditional information, refer to thefollowing sections of this Owner’sManual for installation guidance.

– Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower an-chor area. Feel to make sure thereare no obstructions over the an-chors such as seat belt webbing orseat cushion material. The child re-straint will not be secured properly ifthe lower anchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The childrestraint will not be properly installedusing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located asshown. A label is attached to the seatbackto help you locate the LATCH loweranchors.

LRS3036LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH in the center rear seatingpositionThere are no LATCH anchors dedicated tothe center rear seating position. However,the inboard LATCH anchors belonging tothe two outboard seating positions (indi-cated by the arrows) can be used togetherto secure a CRS in the center rear seatingposition. These anchors are separated by adistance OA of 14 in (377 mm). Before at-tempting to secure a CRS in this seatingposition, ensure that the CRS manufactur-er’s instructions permit the use of LATCHanchors with the spacing indicated above.

(These are sometimes referred to as“shared anchors” or “borrowed anchors.”)CRS with rigid lower attachments cannotbe installed in the center seat. This type ofCRS should only be installed in the out-board seating positions.

WARNING

Never attach two CRS attachments tothe same LATCH anchor. This may over-load the anchor in a collision, whichcould increase the risk of the occu-pant’s serious injury or death.When installing the CRS in the centerrear seating position with the inboardLATCH anchors, be careful to ensure anyoccupant or CRS in the outboard seat-ing positions is properly restrained us-ing the vehicle seat belt and there is nointerference with the center CRS instal-lation. If the outboard occupants can-not be properly restrained, consider us-ing the vehicle seat belt to restrain theCRS in the center seating position, ormoving the CRS to another positioninstead.

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to two an-chors located at certain seating positionsin your vehicle. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraint fora label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

LRS3342 LRS0661LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear par-cel shelf O1 .

WARNING

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHFor additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-18) and“Child restraints” (P. 1-20) before installing achild restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.

LRS0662LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

LRS3313

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

LRS2997Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2996Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing ofthe anchor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint or try installing by using the

vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision.

For additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-18) and“Child restraints” (P. 1-20) before installing achild restraint.

LRS0673Rear-facing – step 3

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

WRS0256Rear-facing – step 1

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the ELR mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintto compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on theseat belt.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to see if thebelt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHFor additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-18) and“Child restraints” (P. 1-20) before installing achild restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. For additional infor-mation, see “Installing top tether strap”(P. 1-32).

LRS2995Forward-facing webbing-mounted –

step 2

Do not install child restraints that requirethe use of a top tether strap in seatingpositions that do not have a top tetheranchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-6).If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position ora different child restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing ofthe anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer's instructions to re-move any slack.

LRS2994Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

LRS0671Forward-facing – step 4

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

Installing top tether strap�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor pointThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors.

WRS0697Forward-facing – step 6

LRS3310Rear bench seat

Rear bench seatOUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS1. Position the top tether strap O1 over the

seatback.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-chor point O2 as shown.

3. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

CENTER SEATING POSITION1. Position the top tether strap O1 over the

seatback.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-

straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The childrestraint will not be properly installedusing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. For additional informa-tion, see “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” (P. 1-52).

For additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-18) and“Child restraints” (P. 1-20) before installing achild restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.

WRS0699Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –

step 1

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front passen-ger seat:1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position.Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction and,therefore, must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-6). for head restraint/headrest ad-justment, removal and installationinformation.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position ora different child restraint.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installa-tion only). For additional information, see“Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-37 ).Do not install child restraints that requirethe use of a top tether strap in seating po-sitions that do not have a top tether anchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to ELR mode when theseat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the child re-straint with your knee to compress thevehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer's instructions to removeany slack.

8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to see if thebelt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is not illu-minated, see "Front passenger air bagand status light" (P. 1-52). Move thechild restraint to another seating po-sition. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Installing top tether strap�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor pointThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withseat belts.First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.

Rear bench seat1. Position the top tether strap O1 over the

seatback.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING

BOOSTER SEATSFor additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured or killed in a sudden stop or col-lision greatly increases:– Make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the child's faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child'sarm.

– A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS3310Rear bench seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:• Choose only a booster seat with a label

certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Ca-nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

• Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or abovethe center of the child’s ears. For example,if a low back booster seat is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat should be used.

• If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place the child in the boosterseat and check the various adjustmentsto be sure the booster seat is compatiblewith the child. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

LRS2479

A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

LRS0453 LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated.The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-ing a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-18) “Childrestraints” (P. 1-20) and “Booster seats”(P. 1-37) before installing a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the rear seat or in the front passengerseat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

WRS0699 LRS0454Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the boosterseat is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-6).

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper boosterseat fit, try another seating position or adifferent booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sureto follow the booster seat manufactur-er’s instructions for adjusting the seatbelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take up ex-tra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seat beltwith retractor” (P. 1-14).

LRS0451Rear center position

LRS0452Rear outboard position

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switchin the ON position. The front passengerair bag status light may or may notilluminate, depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat beingused. For additional information, see"Front passenger air bag and statuslight" (P. 1-52).

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:• Driver and front passenger supplemental

front-impact air bag (NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System)

• Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

• Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag

• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

• Driver and front passenger supplementalknee air bag

• Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)Supplemental front-impact air bagsystemThe NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag systemThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side-impact collisions.The side air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.

Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag systemThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the rear outboardseat passengers in certain side-impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag systemThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certainside-impact collisions. The curtain air bagsare designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, thecurtain air bags are designed to inflate andremain inflated for a short time.Driver and front passenger supplemen-tal knee air bagThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the driver’s and front passenger’sknees in certain collisions.The SRS is designed to supplement thecrash protection provided by the driver andfront passenger and rear seat belts and isnot a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and the

LRS3091

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS)

occupant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument paneland door finishers. For additional informa-tion, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-10).The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

WARNING

• The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower sever-ity frontal collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents

• The front passenger air bag and frontpassenger supplemental knee airbag will not inflate if the passengerair bag status light is lit. For addi-tional information, see "Front pas-senger air bag and status light"(P. 1-52).

WRS0031

• The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you are sit-ting well back and upright in the seat.The front air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you are un-restrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injuryor death in a crash. You may also re-ceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering wheelor instrument panel. Always properlyuse the seat belts.

• The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The NISSAN Advanced AirBag System monitors the severity ofa collision and seat belt usage, theninflates the air bags as needed. Fail-ure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

• The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sen-sor (weight sensor) that turns thefront passenger air bag and frontpassenger supplemental knee airbag OFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat. Fail-ure to be properly seated and wear-ing the seat belt can increase the riskor severity of injury in an accident.For additional information, see"Front passenger air bag and statuslight" (P. 1-52).

• Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured whenthe front air bag inflates.

WARNING

• Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041

WARNING

• Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044

WARNING

• Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. For ad-ditional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-20)

WARNING

Front and rear outboard seat-mountedside-impact supplemental air bags androof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags:• The side air bags and curtain air bags

ordinarily will not inflate in the eventof a frontal impact, rear impact, orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reducethe risk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431

SSS0162 SSS0159 LRS3119

WARNING

• The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feet onthe floor. The side air bag and curtainair bag inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on theside of the seatback of the front andrear seat or near the side roof rails.Do not allow anyone sitting in thefront seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the windowor lean against the door. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previousillustrations.

WARNING

• When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown in theillustrations.

• Do not use seat covers on the front orrear seatbacks. They may interferewith side air bag inflation.

WRS0032

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

2. Shoulder belt height adjustment (frontseats)

3. Front door satellite sensor (driver's sideshown; front passenger side similar)

4. Crash zone sensor

5. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules

6. Driver and front passenger supplemen-tal knee air bags

7. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

8. Occupant classification system controlunit

9. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor – located in front passengercushion frame)

10. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags (passenger’sside shown; driver side similar)

11. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

12. Side satellite sensor (passenger’s sideshown; driver side similar)

13. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bagsLRS3507

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.• Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.

• Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint/headrest or in theseatback pocket.

• Make sure that there is nothingpressing against the rear of the seat-back, such as a child restraint in-stalled in the rear seat or an objectstored on the floor.

• Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

• Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushion andthe center console or between theseat cushion and the door.

• If a forward-facing child restraint isinstalled in the front passenger seat,do not position the front passengerseat so the child restraint contactsthe instrument panel. If the child re-straint does contact the instrumentpanel, the system may determine theseat is occupied and the passengerair bag and front passenger supple-mental knee air bag may deploy in acollision. Also the front passenger airbag status light may not illuminate.For additional information, see “Childrestraints” (P. 1-20).

• Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

• If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operatingas described in this section, get theoccupant classification systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Until you have confirmed with adealer that your front passenger seatoccupant classification system isworking properly, position the occu-pants in the rear seating positions.

• Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurredand the front passenger air bag sta-tus light may illuminate and thesupplemental air bag warning lightmay flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed.The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in the dash-board above the glove box. The front air bagsare designed to inflate in higher severityfrontal collisions, although they may inflate ifthe forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain fron-tal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front airbag system operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensors and occupant classifi-cation sensor (weight sensor). Inflator op-eration is based on the severity of a colli-sion and seat belt usage for the driver. Forthe front passenger, the occupant classifi-cation sensors are also monitored. Basedon information from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash, depend-ing on the crash severity and whether thefront occupants are belted or unbelted. Ad-ditionally, the front passenger air bag andfront passenger supplemental knee airbag may be automatically turned OFF un-der some conditions, depending on theweight detected on the front passengerseat and how the seat belt is used. If thefront passenger air bag and front passen-ger supplemental knee air bag are OFF, thefront passenger air bag status light will beilluminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bagwill be off). For additional information, see"Front passenger air bag and status light"(P. 1-52). One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of thesystem.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact NISSAN. Con-tact information is contained in the front ofthis Owner's Manual.When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken to not inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seri-ous injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not provide re-straint to the lower body.Even with NISSAN air bags, seat beltsshould be correctly worn and the driverand front passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheelor instrument panel. The front air bags in-flate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants. Because of this, the force

of the front air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, the front air bag moduleduring inflation.The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is placed in the ONposition.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag and frontpassenger supplemental knee air bagare designed to automatically turn OFFunder some conditions. Read this sec-tion carefully to learn how it operates.Proper use of the seat, seat belt, andchild restraints is necessary for mosteffective protection. Failure to follow allinstructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts, and childrestraints can increase the risk or se-verity of injury in an accident.

Status lightThe front passenger seat is equipped withan occupant classification sensor (weightsensor) that turns the front passenger airbag and front passenger supplementalknee air bag on or off depending on theweight applied to the front passenger seat.The status of the front passenger air bag(ON or OFF) is indicated by the front pas-senger air bag status light which islocated on the instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the"ON" position, the front passenger air bagstatus light on the instrument panel illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff or remains illuminated depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:• Unoccupied front passenger's seat: The

light is OFF and the front passengerair bag and front passenger supplemen-tal knee air bag are OFF and will not in-flate in a crash.

• Front passenger seat occupied by asmall adult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The light illumi-nates to indicate that the front passen-ger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag are OFF andwill not inflate in a crash.

• Occupied front passenger seat and thepassenger meets the conditions as out-lined in this section: The light is OFFto indicate that the front passenger airbag and front passenger supplementalknee air bag are operational.

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor system,please see “Normal operation” (P. 1-54) and“Troubleshooting” (P. 1-55).Front passenger air bagThe front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S. regu-lations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bagand other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

LRS3091

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requir-ing the air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. Certain sensors are used to meet therequirements.The occupant classification sensor in thisvehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on theseat by weight. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe front passenger air bag OFF in accor-dance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regula-tions is on the seat, its weight and thechild’s weight can be detected and causethe air bag to turn OFF.Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the front passenger air bag andfront passenger supplemental knee airbag to be automatically turned OFF. Forsmall adults it may be turned OFF, howeverif the occupant takes his/her weight off theseat cushion (for example, by not sittingupright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), this

could cause the sensor to turn the air bagOFF. Always be sure to be seated and wear-ing the seat belt properly for the most ef-fective protection by the seat belt andsupplemental air bag.NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat. Ifthis is not possible, the occupant classifica-tion sensor is designed to operate as de-scribed above to turn the front passengerair bag and front passenger supplementalknee air bag OFF for specified child re-straints as required by the regulations. Fail-ing to properly secure child restraints andto use the ALR mode may allow the re-straint to tip or move in a collision or sud-den stop. This can also result in the frontpassenger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag inflating in acrash instead of being OFF. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-20) inthis section.If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag and front pas-senger supplemental knee air bag are de-signed not to inflate in a crash. However,heavy objects placed on the seat could re-

sult in air bag inflation, because of the ob-ject’s weight detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditionscould also result in air bag inflation, such asif a child is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to theinstructions in this manual. Always be surethat you and all vehicle occupants areseated and restrained properly.Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the front pas-senger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag are automati-cally turned OFF with the seat occupied.The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illu-minated (indicating that the front passen-ger air bag and front passenger supple-mental knee air bag are OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is notsitting on the seat properly or not using theseat belt properly.If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated, de-pending on the size of the child and thetype of child restraint being used. If the air

bag status light is not illuminated (indicat-ing that the air bag might inflate in a crash),it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make surethat the child restraint is installed properly,the seat belt is used properly and the occu-pant is positioned properly. If the air bagstatus light is still not illuminated, reposi-tion the occupant or child restraint in a rearseat.If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, thesystem may be sensing an unoccupiedseat (in which case the air bag is OFF). ANISSAN dealer can check that the system isOFF by using a special tool. However, untilyou have confirmed with a dealer that yourair bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a change inthe front passenger seat status. For ex-ample, if a large adult who is sitting in thefront passenger seat exits the vehicle, thefront passenger air bag status light will gofrom OFF to ON for a few seconds and then

to OFF. This is normal system operationand does not indicate a malfunction.If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental airbag warning light , located in the me-ter and gauges area of the instrumentpanel, will blink. Have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.Normal operationIn order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow the pre-cautions and steps outlined below:Precautions• Make sure that there are no objects

weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

• Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

• Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of the frontpassenger seat.

• Make sure that the front passenger seator seatback is not forced back against anobject on the seat or floor behind it.

• Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”

(P. 1-2) section of this manual. Sit upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with your feetcomfortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” (P. 1-10) section of thismanual.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checkingthe front passenger air bag status light.

This vehicle’s occupant classificationsensor system locks the classificationduring driving so it is important that youconfirm that the front passenger is prop-erly classified prior to driving. Also, theoccupant classification sensor systemmay recalculate the weight of the occu-pant when the vehicle comes to a stop(i.e. stop light, stop sign, etc.), so frontpassenger seat occupants should con-tinue to remain seated as outlinedabove.TroubleshootingIf you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:1. If the light is ON with no front passenger

and no objects on the front passengerseat:

This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:• An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)

hanging on the seat or placed in the seat-back pocket.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floor be-hind it.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.If the light is still ON after this, the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

2. If the light is ON with an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:

• Occupant is a small adult — the air baglight is functioning as intended. The frontpassenger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag aresuppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:• Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning

against the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

• Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floor be-hind it.

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.3. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child

or child restraint occupying the frontpassenger seat.This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

• Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to the floor.

• The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined in the “Child restraints”section of this manual.

• An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in the seat-back pocket.

• Forcing the front seat or seatback againstan object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console.

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should be re-positioned in the rear seat and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Other supplemental front-impact airbag precautions

WARNING

• Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.

• Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental inflationof the supplemental air bag or dam-age to the supplemental air bagsystem.

• Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle's electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag system.

• Tampering with the front air bag sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury. Tampering includes changesto the steering wheel and the instru-ment panel assembly by placing ma-terial over the steering wheel padand above the instrument panel orby installing additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

• Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect the func-tion of the air bag system and resultin serious personal injury.

• Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For example,do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim mate-rial, such as seat covers, on the seatthat are not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation. Ad-ditionally, do not stow any objectsunder the front passenger seat or theseat cushion and seatback. Such ob-jects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classifica-tion sensor (weight sensor).

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This may af-fect the front air bag system. Tam-pering with the seat belt system mayresult in serious personal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the airbag system.

• A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easyidentification.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner'sManual.

Front and rear outboardseat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtainside-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systemsThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front and rear out-board seats. The curtain air bags are lo-cated in the side roof rails. All of the infor-mation, cautions and warnings in thismanual must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions, al-

though they may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity impact. They are de-signed to inflate on the side where the ve-hicle is impacted. They may not inflate incertain side collisions.Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by the release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvic area of the front andrear outboard occupants. Curtain air bagshelp to cushion the impact force to thehead of occupants in the front and rear

outboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. How-ever, an inflating side air bag and curtain airbag may cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver, front passenger and rearoutboard occupants seated upright as faras practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the door finish-ers and side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the side air bag and curtainair bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, these air bag modules during in-flation. The side air bag will deflate quicklyafter the collision is over.The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

LRS3142

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

WARNING

• Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front and rear seats.Also, do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between the frontand rear door finisher and the frontand rear seat. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a side air bag inflate.

• Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burnyourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damageto or accidental inflation of the sideair bag and curtain air bag or dam-age to the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

• Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle's electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

• Tampering with the side air bag sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury. For example, do not changethe front and rear seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or by in-stalling additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the side air bag and curtainair bag. It is also recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for installa-tion of electrical equipment. The SRSwiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be usedon the side air bag or curtain air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easyidentification.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner's Manual.

Driver and front passengersupplemental knee air bagThe knee air bag is located in the kneebolster, on the driver’s and front passen-ger’s side. All of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual apply andmust be followed. The knee air bag is de-signed to inflate in higher severity frontal col-lisions, although it may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar to thoseof a higher severity frontal impact. It may notinflate in certain collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper knee air bagoperation.When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the im-pact force on the knees of the driver andpassenger. It can help reduce serious inju-ries. However, an inflating knee air bag maycause abrasions or other injuries. The kneeair bag provides restraint to the lower body.The knee air bag inflates quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the knee air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if the occu-pant is too close to, or is against, this air bagmodule during inflation. The knee air bagwill deflate quickly after the collision is overOR the knee air bag will remain inflated fora short time.The knee air bag operates only when theignition switch is placed in the ONposition.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

LRS3343Driver’s side

LRS3344Front passenger’s side

WARNING

• Do not place any objects between theknee bolster and the driver’s or pas-senger’s seat. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a knee air bag inflates.

• Right after inflation, the knee air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the knee air bag system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental in-flation of the knee air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle's electrical system orsuspension system. This could affectproper operation of the knee air bagsystem.

• Tampering with the knee air bag sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury. For example, do not changethe driver or passenger knee bolsteror install additional trim materialaround the knee air bag.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the knee air bag. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the kneeair bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectorsare yellow or orange for easyidentification.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the knee airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)(front seats)

WARNING

• The pretensioner(s) cannot be re-used after activation. They must bereplaced together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

• If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but pretensioner(s) are notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental ac-tivation of the pretensioner(s). Tam-pering with the pretensioner systemmay result in serious personal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the pretensioner system. It isalso recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of elec-trical equipment. Unauthorized elec-trical test equipment and probingdevices should not be used on thepretensioner system.

• If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working with theseat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) helptighten the seat belt when the vehicle be-comes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seatoccupants.The pretensioner(s) are encased within theseat belt retractor and to the seat belt an-chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.These seat belts are used the same way asconventional seat belts.

When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.After the pretensioner(s’) activation, loadlimiters allow the seat belt to release web-bing (if necessary) to reduce forces againstthe chest.The supplemental air bag warning light

is used to indicate malfunctions in thepretensioner system. For additional infor-mation, see “Supplemental air bag warninglight” (P. 1-63). If the operation of the supple-mental air bag warning light indicatesthere is a malfunction, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner'sManual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag infront of it. If the air bag deploys, it maycause serious injury or death.

LRS2617

1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels (located onthe sun visors)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag sys-tems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,knee air bag and pretensioner systemsneed servicing:• The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag orpretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked and re-paired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,knee air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Repair and replacementprocedureThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) aredesigned to inflate on a one-time-only ba-sis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light re-mains illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. These systems should be repairedand/or replaced as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, knee air bags, pretension-er(s) and related parts should be pointedout to the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition switch should alwaysbe placed in the LOCK position when work-ing under the hood or inside the vehicle.

LRS0100

WARNING

• Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur-tain air bag or knee air bag has in-flated, the air bag module will notfunction again and must be replaced.Additionally, the activated preten-sioner(s) must also be replaced. Theair bag module and pretensioner(s)should be replaced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. However, theair bag module and pretensioner(s)cannot be repaired.

• The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag, knee air bag systems and thepretensioner system should be in-spected if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the ve-hicle. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you contact a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

• If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked even if noair bags deploy as a result of the im-pact. Failure to verify proper OCSfunction may result in an improperair bag deployment resulting in in-jury or death.

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Distance To Empty (DTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Trip computer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Warning/Indicator lights (red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Warning/Indicator lights (yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Warning/Indicator lights (other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Vehicle information display (if so equipped) . . . . . 2-24How to use the vehicle informationdisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Vehicle information display warningsand indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system(Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection OFF switch (if soequipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Rear Door Alert (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

USB/iPod® charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Front-door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Seatback pocket (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Personal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63

1. Vents (P. 4-16)2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/

turn signal switch (P. 2-40)

3. Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)Horn (P. 2-48)

4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-11)Trip computer (if so equipped) (P. 2-10)Vehicle information display (if soequipped) (P. 2-24)

5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39)6. Center display controls (if so equipped)

(P. 4-2, 4-8, 4-27)Audio controls (P. 4-2, 4-8, 4-27)

7. Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-52)Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)

8. Center display (P. 4-2, 4-8, 4-27)9. Passenger's supplemental air bag

(P. 1-41)10. Front passenger’s supplemental knee

airbag (P. 1-60)11. Glove box (P. 2-57)12. Climate controls (P. 4-16, 4-24)

Heated seat switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-49)

13. Shift lever (P. 5-21)14. Push-button ignition switch

(if so equipped) (P. 5-13)15. Power outlet (P. 2-54)

USB connection port (P. 4-2, 4-36)AUX jack (P. 4-2, 4-39)LII2594

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

16. Cruise control switches (if so equipped)(P. 5-51)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-53)Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(P. 4-2, 4-50)

17. Driver supplemental knee air bag(P. 1-60)

18. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel locklever (P. 3-32)

19. Hood release (P. 3-27)Fuel-filler door release (P. 3-30)

20. Steering wheel switches for audiocontrol (P. 4-2, 4-45)Control panel and vehicle informationdisplay switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-24)

21. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (if so equipped) (P. 2-51)Enter/select switch for trip computer(if so equipped) (P. 2-10)Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection OFF switch(if so equipped) (P 2-50)Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) (P 2-52)Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) (P 2-50)

* Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner's Manual (if so equipped).

Instruments and controls 2-3

1. TachometerVehicle information displayOdometerTwin trip odometerFuel gauge

2. Warning and indicator lights3. Speedometer4. Trip reset switch

Instrument brightness control knob

LIC3561Type A (if so equipped)

METERS AND GAUGES

1. Tachometer2. Trip computer

OdometerTwin trip odometer

3. Speedometer4. Trip reset switch

Instrument brightness control knob5. Warning and indicator lights

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERThis vehicle is equipped with a speedom-eter and odometer. The speedometer islocated on the right side the meter cluster.The odometer is located within the vehicleinformation display (Type A — if soequipped) or the trip computer (Type B —if so equipped) to the left of thespeedometer.

LIC4220Type B (if so equipped)

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed. Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer and the twin trip odometerO1 are displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay (Type A) (if so equipped) or the tripcomputer (Type B) (if so equipped) whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

LIC2218 LIC4584Type A (if so equipped)

Loose fuel cap warning message(if so equipped)Press the reset button OA for more than 1second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning message after the fuel cap hasbeen tightened. For additional information,see “Fuel-filler cap” (P. 3-30).

Check tire pressure warningmessage (if so equipped)The CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warningmessage is displayed when the low tirepressure warning light is illuminated andlow tire pressure is detected. Check andadjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label. TheCHECK TIRE PRES warning message turnsoff when the low tire pressure warning lightturns off.

The low tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated until the tires are inflated to therecommended COLD tire pressure. TheCHECK TIRE PRES warning message is dis-played each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated. For additional information, see “Lowtire pressure warning light” (P. 2-17), or “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5)and “Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

LIC4233 LIC4221

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not revengine into the red zone O1 .Type A (if so equipped): To access the ta-chometer, use the and on thesteering wheel to navigate to the “Gauges”display. For additional information, see“How to use the vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).

Type B (if so equipped): The tachometer islocated on the left side of the meter cluster.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear or re-duce engine speed. Operating the en-gine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hills.Type A (if so equipped): The low fuelwarning message shows in the vehicle in-formation display when the amount of fuelin the tank is getting low.

Type B (if so equipped): The low fuelwarning light illuminates when the amountof fuel in the tank is getting low.Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters 0 (Empty).The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the driver's side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

• If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice

• For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)”(P. 2-19).

DISTANCE TO EMPTY (DTE)Displays the estimated distance the ve-hicle can be driven before refueling. Thevalue is calculated based on recent fueleconomy, the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank, and the actual fuelconsumption.Changes in driving patterns or conditionscan cause the DTE value to vary. As a result,the value displayed may differ from the ac-tual distance that can be driven.

DTE display will change to “---” when thefuel level in the tank is getting low, prior tothe fuel gauge reaching 0 (Empty).

NOTE:• The DTE value after refill is estimated

based on recent fuel economy andamount of fuel added.

• If a small amount of fuel is added, orthe ignition is on during refueling, thedisplay may not be updated.

• Conditions that affect the fueleconomy will also affect the estimatedDTE value (city/highway driving, idletime, remote start time, terrain, sea-sonal weather, added vehicle weight,added deflectors, roof racks, etc.).

TRIP COMPUTER (if so equipped)When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, modes of the trip computer canbe selected by pushing the TRIP RESETswitch OA .Each time the TRIP RESET switch is pushed,the display changes as follows:Trip A → Trip B → OdometerThe switch for the trip computer islocated on the lower left side of the instru-ment panel.

Each time the switch is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:Average fuel economy → Average speed →Trip time → Trip Distance

Average fuel economy (mpg orkm/l)The average fuel economy mode showsthe average fuel economy since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pressing thechange/reset switch for more than ap-proximately 1 second. The display is up-dated every 30 seconds. At about the first1/3 mi (500 m) after a reset, the displayshows (----).

Average speed (mph or km/h)The average speed mode shows the aver-age vehicle speed since last reset. Reset-ting is done by pressing the change/resetswitch for more than approximately 1 sec-ond. The display is updated every 30 sec-onds. The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows (----).

Trip timeThe trip time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can bereset by pressing the change/trip switchfor more than approximately 1 second.

Trip distanceThe trip distance mode shows the distancetraveled since the last reset. The trip dis-tance can be reset by pressing thechange/trip switch for more than approxi-mately 1 second.

Shipping modeThis message may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thismessage appears, push in the extendedstorage switch to turn off the warning. Foradditional information, see “Extended stor-age switch” (P. 2-55).

LIC3594

Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)

or Brake warning light or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

CRUISE indicator light (green) (if soequipped)

Charge warning light Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection system warning light

Front fog light indicator light (green) (if soequipped)

Door open warning light (if so equipped) Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator light (if so equipped)

High Beam Assist indicator light (green)

Engine oil pressure warning light Engine start operation indicator light (if soequipped)

High beam indicator light (blue)

High temperature warning light (red) (if soequipped)

Front passenger air bag status light Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (green) (if so equipped)

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight

NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning light(green) (if so equipped)

Master warning light (if so equipped) Low fuel warning light (if so equipped) SET indicator light (green) (if so equipped)

Rear seat belt warning light and chime (ifso equipped)

Low tire pressure warning light Side light and headlight indicator light(green)

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)

Seat belt warning light and chime Low windshield-washer fluid warning light(if so equipped)

SPORT mode indicator light (green) (if soequipped)

Security indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)

Supplemental air bag warning light Master warning light (if so equipped)

NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning light (if soequipped)

Power steering warning light

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light

Shift P (Park) warning light (if so equipped)

Slip indicator light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indica-tor light

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

; , , , ,The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, , or , or , ,

, , ,If any light does not come on or operate ina way other than described, it may indicatea burned-out bulb and/or a system mal-function. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red)For additional information see, “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicatorWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on when theparking brake is applied.Low brake fluid warning lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engineis running with the parking brake not ap-plied, stop the vehicle and perform thefollowing:1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake

fluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-10).

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

WARNING

• Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

• Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

• If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn theengine off and check the generator belt. Ifthe belt is loose, broken, missing, or if thelight remains on, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION

• Do not ground electrical accessoriesdirectly to the battery terminal. Do-ing so will bypass the variable volt-age control system and the vehiclebattery may not charge completely.For additional information, see “Vari-able voltage control system” (P. 8-14).

• Do not continue driving if the genera-tor belt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light (ifso equipped)

This light comes on when any of the doorsare not closed securely while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

Engine oil pressurewarning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call a NISSANdealer or other authorized repair shop.The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. For ad-ditional information, see “Engine oil” (P. 8-6).

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by the NISSAN New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. Turn off the engine as soonas it is safe to do so.

High temperature warninglight (red) (if so equipped)

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the high temperature warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This in-dicates that the high temperature sensorin the engine coolant system isoperational.When driving, the high temperaturewarning light may turn off. This indicatesthat the engine coolant temperature iswithin the normal range.

CAUTION

If the high temperature warning lightilluminates while the engine is running,it may indicate the engine temperatureis extremely high. Stop the vehiclesafely as soon as possible. If the vehicle

is overheated, continuing vehicle op-eration may seriously damage the en-gine. For additional information, see “Ifyour vehicle overheats” (P. 6-10).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate a potential emission controlmalfunction.The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenancetest. For additional information, see “Readi-ness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test”(P. 10-22).

OperationThe MIL will come on in one of two ways:• MIL on steady — An emission control sys-

tem malfunction has been detected.Check the fuel-filler cap if the Loose FuelCap warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display (if so equipped) or the tripcomputer (if so equipped). If the fuel-fillercap is loose or missing, tighten or installthe cap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

• MIL blinking — An engine misfire has beendetected which may damage the emis-sion control system. To reduce or avoidemission control system damage:– do not drive at speeds above 45 mph

(72 km/h).– avoid hard acceleration or

deceleration.– avoid steep uphill grades.– if possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come onsteady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Master warning light (if soequipped)

This light illuminates red when various ve-hicle information display warnings appear.• Door open• Parking brake releaseFor additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

Rear seat belt warning lightand chime (if so equipped)

This warning light appears for 65 secondsafter the ignition is placed in the ON posi-tion and the engine is started.

This warning light shows the status of thethree rear seat belts. When one of the rearseat belts are buckled, the correspondingrear seat belt indicator will appear white ornot illuminate for models with a trip com-puter. When one of the rear seat belts areunbuckled, the corresponding rear seatbelt indicator will appear red.After a change in buckle status, a chime willsound and the warning will appear for an-other 65 seconds.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenthe driver and front passenger seat belts.For additional information, see “Seat belts”(P. 1-10).

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position.The blinking security indicator light indi-cates that the security systems equippedon the vehicle are operational.For additional information, see “Securitysystems” (P. 2-37).

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light illuminates for about 7seconds and then turns off. This means thesystem is operational.If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,and pretensioner seat belt systems needservicing:• The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioner(s) may not func-tion properly. For additional information,see “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)”(P. 1-41).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(yellow)For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It is

recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally but without anti-lock assistance. For additional information,see “Brake system” (P. 5-118).

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) withPedestrian Detectionsystem warning light

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It turnsoff after the engine is started.This light illuminates when the AEB withPedestrian Detection system is set to off inthe vehicle information display, set to offusing the AEB switch, or the Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system is turned off.If the light illuminates when the AEB withPedestrian Detection system is on, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. Foradditional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection” (P. 5-83) or “Intelligent ForwardCollision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-95).

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT)position indicator light (ifso equipped)

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this indicator light shows the shiftlever position. For additional information,see “Driving the vehicle” (P. 5-19).

Engine start operationindicator light (if soequipped)

For vehicles equipped with push-button igni-tion this indicator illuminates when the igni-tion switch is in the LOCK, OFF or ON positionwith the shift lever in the P (Park) position.This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the push-button ignitionswitch with the brake pedal depressed.

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.For additional information, see "Front pas-senger air bag and status light" (P. 1-52).

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the LDWsystem is operating. If the light illuminatesyellow while the system is on, it may indi-cate a malfunction. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.For additional information, see “Lane De-parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27).

Low fuel warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thefuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will bea small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty).

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors thetire pressure of all tires except the spare.The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1second and turns off.Low tire pressure warningIf the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illumi-nate. The “CHECK TIRE PRES” (vehicleswithout a vehicle information display)also appears in the trip computer or the“Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” (vehicleswith a vehicle information display) ap-pears in the vehicle information display.When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure of all four tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information la-bel located in the driver’s door opening.The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

For vehicles without a vehicle informationdisplay, the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated until the tires are in-flated to the recommended COLD tirepressure. The “CHECK TIRE PRES” warningmessage is displayed each time the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON position aslong as the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated.For vehicles with a vehicle information dis-play, the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24) and “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).TPMS malfunctionIf the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service. The"CHECK TIRE PRES" warning message /”TirePressure Low— Add Air” warning does not

appear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and“Tire pressure” (P. 8-27).

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

• If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch placed in the ONposition, have the vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safe loca-tion and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage thetires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an acci-dent and could result in serious per-sonal injury or death. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure show on the Tireand Loading Information label lo-cated in the driver’s door opening toturn the low tire pressure warninglight off. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible. If no tire isflat and all tires are properly inflated,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• When using a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.

• Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could af-fect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

• The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

• If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h),the TPMS may not operate correctly.

• Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Low windshield-washerfluid warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Addwindshield-washer fluid as necessary. Foradditional information, see “Windshield-washer fluid” (P. 8-10).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady or blinkswhile the engine is running, it may indicate apotential emission control malfunction.The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenance

test. For additional information, see “Readi-ness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test”(P. 10-22).OperationThe MIL will come on in one of two ways:• MIL on steady — An emission control sys-

tem malfunction has been detected.Check the fuel-filler cap if the Loose FuelCap warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display (if so equipped) or the tripcomputer (if so equipped). If the fuel-fillercap is loose or missing, tighten or installthe cap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

• MIL blinking — An engine misfire has beendetected which may damage the emis-sion control system. To reduce or avoidemission control system damage:– do not drive at speeds above 45 mph

(72 km/h).– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.– avoid steep uphill grades.– if possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come onsteady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Master warning light (if soequipped)

This light illuminates yellow when variousvehicle information display warningsappear.• No key• I-Key system warning• Low washer fluidFor additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

NISSAN Intelligent Key®warning light (yellow) (if soequipped)

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off. This light illumi-nates or blinks as follows:• The light blinks in yellow when the door is

closed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theON position. Make sure that the IntelligentKey is inside the vehicle.

• The light illuminates in yellow when itwarns of a malfunction with the electricalsteering lock system or the Intelligent Keysystem.

If the warning light illuminates in yellowwhile the engine is stopped, it may be im-possible to free the steering lock or to startthe engine. If the light comes on while theengine is running, you can drive the vehicle.However, in these cases, have the vehiclechecked and repaired as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” (P. 3-3).

Power steering warninglight

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

• When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the power steering is operational.If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering is not function-ing properly and may need servicing. Havethe power steering checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.For additional information, see “Powersteering” (P. 5-117).

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) warning light

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It turnsoff after the engine is started.This light illuminates when the RAB systemis set to off in the vehicle information dis-play, set to off using the Automatic Emer-gency Braking with Pedestrian DetectionOFF switch (if so equipped), or the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system is turnedoff.If the light illuminates when the RAB sys-tem is on, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-76).

Shift P (Park) warning light(if so equipped)

This light blinks red and the key reminderchime sounds if the shift lever is in anyposition other than P (Park) and the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position. Return theshift lever to P (Park) with the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and the light willturn off. Place the ignition switch in theLOCK position and the chime will turn off.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” (P. 3-3).

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is op-erating, thus alerting the driver to the factthat the road surface is slippery and thevehicle is nearing its traction limits.You may feel or hear the system working;this is normal.The light will blink for a few seconds afterthe VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.The indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off after ap-proximately 2 seconds if the system is op-erational. If the light does not come on

have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when theVDC is turned off in the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped) or by pushing theVDC OFF switch (if so equipped). This indi-cates the VDC has been turned off.Turn the VDC on using the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped) or by restartingthe engine. For additional information, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P. 5-120).The VDC light also comes on when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position.The light will turn off after a period of time ifthe system is operational. If the light stayson or comes on along with the indica-tor light while you are driving, have the VDCsystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

VDC should remain on unless freeing avehicle from mud or snow.

While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle oraccelerating, but this is normal.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(other)For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

CRUISE indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

The light comes on when the cruise controlswitch is pushed. The light goes out whenthe switch is pushed again. When thecruise indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational. For addi-tional information, see “Cruise control”(P. 5-51).

Front fog light indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on. Foradditional information, see “Fog lightswitch” (P. 2-48).

High Beam Assist indicatorlight (green)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeams selected. This indicates that thehigh beam assist is operational.For additional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” (P. 2-40).

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the head-light high beams are on and goes out whenthe low beams are selected.The high beam indicator light also comeson when the passing signal is activated.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

This indicator light will blink when the LDWsystem is operating.For additional information, see “Lane De-parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27).

NISSAN Intelligent Key®warning light (green) (if soequipped)

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off. This light illumi-nates or blinks as follows:• The light blinks in green when the Intelli-

gent Key battery is running out of power.Replace the battery with a new one. Foradditional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-21).

If the warning light illuminates in yellowwhile the engine is stopped, it may be im-possible to free the steering lock or to startthe engine. If the light comes on while theengine is running, you can drive the vehicle.However, in these cases, have the vehiclechecked and repaired as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” (P. 3-3).

SET indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

This light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the cruise control system. Ifthe light blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate the cruise control system isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.For additional information, see “Cruise con-trol” (P. 5-51).

Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator lightilluminates when the side light or head-lights are on. If the headlight switch is in theAUTO position, the side light and headlightindicator light will illuminate when theheadlights turn on. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”(P. 2-40).

SPORT mode indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

This light illuminates and then turns offwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and when the SPORT mode isselected.

For additional information, see “Drive Sportmode switch” (P. 5-23).

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights (green)

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

In case of a turn signal light bulb mal-function, the turn signal will flash at ahigher frequency when the turn signalswitch is activated.Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.For additional information, see “Lights”(P. 8-24).

AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a disc brake pad requiresreplacement, it makes a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion, whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver'sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.Turn the headlight control switch off or toAUTO before leaving the vehicle.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® doorbuzzer (if so equipped)The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds ifany one of the following improper opera-tions is found.• The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle

when locking the doors.• The Intelligent Key is taken outside the

vehicle when operating the vehicle.When the buzzer sounds, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Sys-tem. For additional information, see“NISSAN Intelligent Key®” (P. 3-3).

Parking brake reminder chimeA chime sounds if the parking brake is setand the vehicle is driven. The chime willstop if the parking brake is released or thevehicle speed returns to zero.

The vehicle information display is locatedto the left of the speedometer. It displayssuch items as:• Audio Information• Drive Computer Information• Fuel Economy Information• Indicators and Warnings• Vehicle and Meter Display Settings• Odometer/twin trip odometer• Gear Position Indicator (P, R, N, D, L)• Distance To Empty and Fuel Indicator• Tire pressures

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAYThe vehicle information display can bechanged using the ,

, and OK buttons located on the steer-ing wheel.

�1 - Use these buttonsto navigate the vehicle informationdisplay.

�2 OK - Change or select an item in thevehicle information display.

�3 (if so equipped) — Returns to theprevious menu.

The OK, and buttons alsocontrol audio and control panel functionsin some conditions. Most screens andmenus offer instruction prompts of thesteering switch buttons to indicate how tocontrol the vehicle information display.Dots on the left side of the vehicle informa-tion display will appear if there is more thanone page of menu items. The OK buttonchanges the audio source and the

buttons also control voice recognitionmanual mode. For additional information,refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual.

LIC3565 LIC3566

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY (ifso equipped)

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON posi-tion the screens that display in the vehicleinformation display include:• Gauges• Audio• Fuel Economy• Drive Computer

• Warning Review• Driving Aids• SettingsFor additional information on warningsand indicators, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).To control what items display in the vehicleinformation display, see “Customize dis-play” (P. 2-27).

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change theinformation displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display as well as the model forseveral vehicle functions:• VDC Setting• Driver Assistance• Customize Display• Vehicle Settings• TPMS Settings• Maintenance• Clock• Unit/Language• Factory Reset

VDC SettingThe VDC Setting menu allows the user toenable or disable the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system.

Menu item ExplanationSystem Allows the user to turn the VDC system on or off. For additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system” (P. 5-120).

Driver AssistanceThe driver assistance menu allows the user to change the various driving aids and assistance options.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationLane Displays the available lane options.

Lane DepartureWarning

Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system on or off. For additional information, see “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW) ” (P. 5-27).

Blind Spot Displays the available blind spot options.Blind Spot Warning Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system on or off. For additional information, see “Blind Spot

Warning (BSW) ” (P. 5-34).Side IndicatorBrightness

Allows user to change the brightness of the side indicator.

Emergency Brake Displays the available emergency braking options.Front Allows user to turn the front emergency braking system on or off. For additional information, see “Automatic Emer-

gency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” (P. 5-83).Rear Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on or off. For additional information, see “Rear Automatic

Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-76).Parking Aids Displays the available parking aids options.

Sonar Displays the available sonar options. For additional information, see “Rear Sonar System” (RSS) (P. 5-123).Rear Sensor Allows user to turn the rear sensor on or off.Display Allows user to turn the display on or off.Volume Allows user to adjust the volume to High/Med/Low.Range Allows user to adjust the range to Far/Mid/Near.

Cross Traffic Allows user to turn rear cross traffic alert on or off. For additional information, see “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-43).Driver Attention Alert Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system on or off. For additional information, see “Intelligent

Driver Alertness” (I-DA) (P. 5-110).Timer Alert Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific time interval.Low Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.

Customize DisplayThe customize display menu allows the user to customize the information that appears in the vehicle information display.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationMain Menu Selection Displays available screens that can be shown in the vehicle information display.

Home Allows user to turn the status screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Drive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Driving Aids Allows user to turn the driving aids screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Coolant Temp. Allows user to turn the coolant temp. screen on or off in the vehicle information display.CRUISE Allows user to turn the cruise control screen on or off in the vehicle information display.

ECO Info Settings Displays the available ECO info settings.ECO Drive Report Select to display this report when the ignition in switch is placed in the ON position.View History Select to view the vehicle’s history.

Welcome Effect Displays the available welcome effect settings.Gauges Allows user to turn the gauges effect on or off.Animation Allows user to turn the animation effect on or off.

Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings allow the user to change the settings for lights, wipers, locking, keys, and other vehicle settings.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationRear Door Alert Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, see “Rear Door Alert” (P. 2-52).

Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed and the horn sounds.Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.No horn, No Alert When selected, no alert or horn will be active.

Lighting Displays the available lighting settings.Welcome Headlight Displays the available welcome headlight options.

Welcome & Farewell Allows user to set the headlights to turn on when they approach and leave the vehicle.Welcome Allows user to set the headlights to turn on when they approach the vehicle.Farewell Allows user to set the headlights to turn on when they leave the vehicle.OFF Allows user to set the headlights to turn off when not driving.

Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off.Light Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.Auto Light Allows user to turn the auto light feature on or off.Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time, from 0 to 180 seconds, that the automatic headlights stay on af-

ter the vehicle is shut off.Turn Indicator Displays the available turn indicator settings.

3 Flash Pass Allows user to turn the 3 flash pass feature on or off. For additional information, see “Headlight and turn sig-nal switch” (P. 2-40).

Locking Displays the available locking settings.Ext. Door Switch Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is acti-

vated.Selective Unlock Allows user to turn the selective unlock feature on or off. When turned on, only the driver’s door is unlocked

after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’sside door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be un-locked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 30 seconds. When this item is turned off, all thedoors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

Auto Door Unlock Displays the available auto door unlock options.Shift to P Doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).IGN OFF Doors will unlock when the ignition is turned off.OFF Doors will have to be manually unlocked.

Answer Back Horn Allows user to turn the answer back horn feature on or off. When turned on, the horn will chirp and the haz-ard indicators will flash twice when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.

Wipers Displays the available wipers settings.Speed Dependent Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.

Remote Engine Start Allows user to turn the Remote Engine Start feature on or off. When turned off, the vehicle cannot be startedremotely. For additional information, see “Remote Engine Start” (P. 3-24).

TPMS SettingsThe TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.

Menu item ExplanationTPMS Settings Displays available TPMS Settings.

Tire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.

MaintenanceThe maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. For additional informa-tion, see “Changing wheels and tires” (P. 8-37). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditionsaffect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does notmean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks.Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.

Menu item ExplanationOil and Filter Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

Menu item ExplanationClock Allows user to adjust the clock settings and time within the vehicle information display. Adjustments that can

be made include manually setting the time and 12H/24H format.If these options do not appear, the clock must be set within the center display. For additional information, re-fer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

Unit/LanguageThe unit/language menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display.

Menu item ExplanationMileage/Fuel Displays the available mileage/fuel display units and allows user to select preferred unit for display.Tire Pressures Allows user to select the tire pressure display units.Temperature Allows user to select the temperature display units.Language Displays the available language options and allows user to select preferred language for display.

Factory ResetThe factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.

Menu item Explanation

Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected,the user can confirm or cancel the reset.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORSThe following messages may appear inyour vehicle information display.

I-Key System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, this warning appears for a pe-riod of time and then turns off.

The I-Key System Error message warns ofa malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys-tem. If the warning appears on while theengine is stopped, it may be impossible tostart the engine.If the warning appears on while the engineis running, you can drive the vehicle. How-ever, in these cases, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Key Battery LowThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.If this indicator appears, replace the bat-tery with a new one. For additional infor-mation, see “Battery replacement” (P. 8-21).

No Key DetectedThis warning appears when the IntelligentKey is left outside the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Make surethe Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” (P. 3-11).

Alarm - Time for a break?This indicator appears when the driver en-ables the Timer Alert function within theDriver Assistance settings and the selectedset time is expired. The time is based onignition on time and can be set up to sixhours.

Brightness indicatorThis indicator shows the brightness ad-justment of the instrument panel. For addi-tional information, see “Instrument bright-ness control” (P. 2-47).Check Back Seat For All ArticlesWhen the system is enabled, this messageappears when the vehicle comes to a com-plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned fromthe D (Drive) position to P (Park) position,and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes-sage alerts the driver, after a period of time,

to check for items in the rear seat after theaudible alert has been provided.

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“How to use the vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).For additional information, see “Rear DoorAlert” (P. 2-52).

CVT Error: See Owner'sManual

This warning appears when there is aproblem with the CVT system. If thiswarning appears, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Door/Trunk OpenThis warning appears when a door or thetrunk has been opened.

Drive sport mode indicatorA small “S” appears to the right of the Trans-mission Shift Position indicator in the ve-hicle information display when the drivesport mode is engaged.

Activate the drive sport mode by pressingthe switch on the shift lever while the shiftlever is in the D (Drive) position.For additional information, see “Driving thevehicle” (P. 5-19).

Engine start operation (forContinuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models)

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed. You can startthe engine directly in any position of theignition switch.

Engine start operation forIntelligent Key system (ifI-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery ofthe Intelligent Key is low and when the In-telligent Key system and the vehicle are notcommunicating normally.If this appears, touch the ignition switchwith the Intelligent Key while depressingthe brake pedal. For additional information,see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dis-charge” (P. 5-15).

Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManualThis warning appears when there is an er-ror with the system. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”(P. 2-40).

High Coolant Temp: SeeOwner’s Manual

This warning appears when the tempera-ture of the engine coolant is too high. Stopthe vehicle in a safe location as soon aspossible. Avoid quick starting or abrupt ac-celeration. When the warning turns off, thevehicle can be driven.If the warning appears again soon after itturns off, have the vehicle checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Low FuelThis warning appears when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thefuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will bea small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Low Outside TemperatureThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The tempera-ture can be changed to display in Celsius orFahrenheit. For additional information, see“Settings” (P. 2-25).

Oil and FilterThis indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for changing the en-gine oil and filter. You can set or reset thedistance for checking or replacing theseitems. For scheduled maintenance itemsand intervals, see “Maintenance andschedules” (P. 9-2 ).

OtherThis indicator appears when the customerset distance is reached for checking or re-placing maintenance items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires. Other mainte-nance items can include such things as airfilter or tire rotation. The distance forchecking or replacing the items can be setor reset.

Outside TemperatureDisplay

The outside temperature display appearsin the center region of the vehicle informa-tion display.Power turned off to save the batteryThis message appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned off. For addi-tional information, see “Push-button igni-tion switch positions” (P. 5-14).Power will turn off to save the batteryThis message appears in the vehicle infor-mation display after a period of time if theignition switch is in the ON position and ifthe vehicle is in P (Park). For additional infor-mation, see “Push-button ignition switchpositions” (P. 5-14).

Push brake and startswitch to drive

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position and the vehiclehas not been started. Start the engine bypushing the ignition switch with the brakepedal depressed. You can start the enginefrom any position of the ignition switch.This message also appears when the ve-hicle has been started using the Remote

Engine Start function (if so equipped). Pushthe ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed to place the ignition switch inthe ON position. For additional information,see “Remote Engine Start” (P. 3-24).Rear Door Alert is activatedWhen the system is enabled, this messageappears when the Rear Door Alert systemis active and can remind the driver to checkthe back seat.• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver

can select “Dismiss Message” to clear thedisplay for a period of time. If no selectionis made, this message automaticallyturns off after a period of time.

• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver canselect “Disable Alert” to disable the hornalert for the remainder of the current trip.

WARNING

Selecting “Dismiss Message” during astop within a trip temporarily dis-misses the message for that stop with-out turning the system off. Alerts canbe provided for other stops during thetrip. Selecting “Disable Alert” turns offthe Rear Door Alert system for the re-mainder of a trip and no audible alertwill be provided.

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“How to use the vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).For additional information, see “Rear DoorAlert” (P. 2-52).

Rear seat belt reminderThis rear seat belt reminder appears afterstarting the engine.If any of the rear passenger seat belts arenot fastened, the seat belt icon illuminatesin red to show which seat belt is not fas-tened. When a rear passenger’s seat belthas been securely fastened, the color of thecorresponding seat belt icon will change.The warning will automatically turn off af-ter approximately 35 seconds.A chime will sound one time and the rearseat belt warning will appear if a rear pas-senger’s seat belt is unfastened. The chimewill not sound when the vehicle speed ex-ceeds 10 mph (15 km/h). The seat belt iconilluminates in red until the correspondingrear passenger’s seat belt is fastened. Thewarning will automatically turn off after ap-proximately 35 seconds.

Release Parking BrakeThis warning appears in the message areaof the vehicle information display when theparking brake is set and the vehicle isdriven.

Reminder: Turn OFFHeadlights

This warning appears when the headlightsare left in the ON position when exiting thevehicle. Place the headlight switch in theOFF or AUTO position. For additional infor-mation, see “Headlight and turn signalswitch” (P. 2-40).

Shift to ParkThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the shiftlever is not in the P (Park) position. Also, achime sounds when the ignition switch isin the OFF position.If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and start the engine.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage FuseThis warning may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thiswarning appears, push in the extendedstorage switch to turn off the warning. Foradditional information, see “Extended stor-age switch” (P. 2-55).

Steering lock releasemalfunction indicator

This indicator appears when the steeringlock cannot be released.If this indicator appears, push the ignitionswitch while lightly turning the steeringwheel right and left.

TireThis indicator appears when the customerset distance is reached for replacing tires.You can set or reset the distance for replac-ing tires.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-tional information, see “Changingwheels and tires” (P. 8-37). Many factorsincluding tire inflation, alignment, driv-

ing habits and road conditions affecttire wear and when tires should be re-placed. Setting the tire replacement in-dicator for a certain driving distancedoes not mean your tires will last thatlong. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pres-sure checks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, which couldresult in serious personal injury ordeath.

Tire Pressure Low - Add AirThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pres-sures of all four tires to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. For additionalinformation, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” (P. 2-17) and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

TPMS Error: See Owner’s ManualThis warning appears when there is an er-ror with your TPMS. If this warning comeson, have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Transmission Shift PositionIndicator

This indicator shows the transmission shiftposition.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) emergencywarning indicator

This indicator appears along, with an au-dible warning, when the system detectsthe possibility of a forward collision.For additional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection” (P. 5-83).

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)indicator

This indicator shows when the BSW systemis engaged.For additional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-34).

Cruise control indicatorThis indicator shows the cruise control sys-tem status.For additional information, see “Cruise con-trol” (P. 5-51).

Driver Attention Alert —System Fault

This warning appears when the IntelligentDriver Alertness (I-DA) system is not func-tioning properly. For additional information,see “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)”(P. 5-110).

Driver Attention Alert -Take a Break?

This alert appears when the system hasdetected that the driver may be displayingfatigue or a lack of attention.

Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) indicator

This indicator shows the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system status. The status isshown by the color. For additional informa-tion, see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”(P. 5-53).

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator

This indicator shows when the LDW systemis engaged.For additional information, see “Lane De-parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27).MalfunctionThis warning appears when one or more ofthe following systems (if so equipped) isnot functioning properly:• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning

(I-FCW)If one or more of these warning appears,have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Parking SensorThis indicator appears when the sensor isactivated. For additional information, see“Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P. 5-123).

Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManualThis warning appears when there is an er-ror with the system. For additional informa-tion, see “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P. 5-123).

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) indicator

This indicator appears to indicate the sta-tus of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-76).System FaultThis warning appears if there is a malfunc-tion in the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-76).Unavailable: Front Radar ObstructionThis warning appears when there is a radarobstruction detected. For additional infor-mation, see “Automatic Emergency Brak-ing (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection”(P. 5-83) or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”(P. 5-53), or “Intelligent Forward CollisionWarning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-95).

Unavailable: High Cabin TemperatureThis message appears when the cameradetects an interior temperature of morethan approximately 104°F (40°C). For addi-tional information, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” (P. 5-27).Unavailable: Side Radar ObstructionThis message appears when the BlindSpot Warning (BSW) or Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA) systems become unavailablebecause a radar blockage is detected. Foradditional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-34) or “Rear Cross Traf-fic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-43).

Vehicle ahead detectionindicator

This indicator appears when the Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection system is engaged andhas detected a vehicle.For additional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection ” (P. 5-83) or “Intelligent ForwardCollision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-95).

Your vehicle has one type of security system:• NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of a registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedures:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-

tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredkey.

If the no start condition reoccurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

LIC2930

SECURITY SYSTEM

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's author-ity to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device contains licence-exempttransmitter(s)/receiver(s) that complywith Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment Canada’s licence-exemptRSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause interference. (2) This de-vice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light blinks wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.This function indicates the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System is operational.If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, the light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LIC0474

SWITCH OPERATIONWARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which maylead to an accident. Warm the wind-shield with the defroster before youwash the windshield.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washerfluid reservoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at fullstrength. Some methyl alcoholbased windshield-washer fluid con-centrates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluidconcentrates with water to themanufacturer's recommended lev-els before pouring the fluid into thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid concentrate and water.

If the windshield wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In ap-proximately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knob inthe OA direction (faster) or OB direction(slower).

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

�3 High — continuous high speedoperation

Push the lever up O4 to have one sweepoperation (MIST) of the wiper.Pull the lever toward you O5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

LIC4182

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

To defrost the rear window glass, start theengine and push the rear window defrosterswitch on. The rear window defroster indi-cator light on the switch comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the defroster off.To defrost the outside mirrors (if soequipped), start the engine and push theoutside mirror defroster switch on. Theoutside mirror defroster indicator light onthe switch comes on. Push the switchagain to turn the defroster off.The rear window/outside mirror defroster(if so equipped) automatically turns off af-ter approximately 15 minutes.

Use defroster and/or outside mirror de-froster when engine is running to avoiddischarging the battery.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHLighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the front parking, tail, license plate,and instrument panel lights will comeon. The will illuminate in the meter.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

LIC4237Type C (if so equipped)

LIC4241Type D (if so equipped)

Autolight system (if so equipped)The autolight system allows the headlightsto turn on and off automatically. The auto-light system can:• Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,

license plate and instrument panel lightsautomatically when it is dark.

• Turn off all the lights when it is light.• Keep all the lights on for a period of time

after you place the ignition switch in theOFF position and all doors are closed.

NOTE:Autolight activation sensitivity andthe time delay for autolight shutoffcan be adjusted. For additional infor-mation, see “Vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).To turn on the autolight system:1. For USA: Turn the headlight switch to the

AUTO position O1 .For CAN: Turn the headlight switch to theAUTO O1 or position.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and a door is opened and leftopen, the headlights remain on for a periodof time. If another door is opened while theheadlights are on, then the timer is reset.To turn the autolight system off:For USA: Turn the switch to the OFF, ,or position.For CAN: Turn the switch to theposition.

The Intelligent Auto Headlight system canturn on the headlights automatically whenit is dark and turn off the headlights when itis light.If the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition when the parking brake is applied,the headlights remain off.The headlights will turn on automatically attwilight (if so equipped) or in rainy weather(when the windshield wiper is operatedcontinuously).If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for 5 minutes.

LIC2636

Be sure you do not put anything on topof the autolight sensor located in the topside O1 of the instrument panel. The au-tolight sensor controls the autolight; if itis covered, the autolight sensor reacts asif it is dark out and the headlights willilluminate. If this occurs while parkedwith the engine off and the ignitionswitch placed in the ON position, yourvehicle's battery could becomedischarged.

Headlight beam select�1 To select the high beam function, push

the lever forward. The high beam lightscome on and the light illuminatesin the meter.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the lowbeam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashesthe headlight high beams on and off.

High Beam AssistThe High Beam Assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap-proximately 18 mph (30 km/h) and above. Ifan oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-pears in front of your vehicle when theheadlight high beam is on, the headlightwill be switched to the low beamautomatically.

WARNING

• The High Beam Assist system is aconvenience but it is not a substitutefor safe driving operation. The drivershould remain alert at all times, en-sure safe driving practices andswitch the high beams and low beammanually when necessary.

• The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the fol-lowing conditions. Switch the highbeam and low beam manually.– During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, wind, etc.).– When a light source similar to a

headlight or tail light is in the vi-cinity of the vehicle.

LIC4223 LIC2637

– When the headlights of the on-coming vehicle or the leading ve-hicle are turned off, when the colorof the light is affected due to for-eign materials on the lights, orwhen the light beam is out ofposition.

– When there is a sudden, continu-ous change in brightness.

– When driving on a road thatpasses over rolling hills, or a roadthat has level differences.

– When driving on a road with manycurves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surfaceis reflecting intense light towardsthe front of the vehicle.

– When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle is re-flecting intense light.

– When a headlight on your vehicleis damaged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire, be-ing towed, etc.

• The timing of switching the lowbeam and high beam may changeunder the following situations.– The brightness of the headlights

of the oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

– The movement and direction ofthe oncoming vehicle and theleading vehicle.

– When only one light on the on-coming vehicle or the leading ve-hicle is illuminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve,the road surface, etc.).

– The number of passengers andthe amount of luggage.

High Beam Assist operationTo activate the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po-sition O1 and push the lever forward O2

(high beam position). The High BeamAssist indicator light in the meter will illumi-nate while the headlights are turned on.If the High Beam Assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LIC3696

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the head-light uses the low beam.To turn off the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the posi-tion or select the low beam position byplacing the lever in the neutral position.

Ambient image sensor maintenanceThe ambient image sensor OA for the HighBeam Assist system is located in front ofthe inside mirror. To maintain the properoperation of the high beam assist systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sureto observe the following:• Always keep the windshield clean.• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessorynear the ambient image sensor.

• Do not strike or damage the areasaround the ambient image sensor. Donot touch the sensor lens that is locatedon the ambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damageddue to an accident, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Battery saver systemIf the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition while the headlight switch is in the

or position, the headlights willturn off after a period of time.

The Battery Saver system may be dis-abled. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver featureautomatically turns off the headlightsafter a period of time, you should turnthe headlight switch to the AUTO or OFFposition when the engine is not run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

LSD4102

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)SYSTEM (Type A) (if so equipped)The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) auto-matically illuminate when the engine isstarted with the parking brake released.The DRL operate with the headlight switchin the AUTO or OFF position. Turn the head-light switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night. (The DRLwill turn off.)If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the DRL do not illuminate.The DRL illuminate once the parking brakeis released. The DRL will remain on until theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch ON for interior controls andswitches to illuminate, as those remainOFF while the switch is in the AUTO or OFFposition.

WARNING

When the DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) SYSTEM (Type B) (if soequipped)The LED DRL automatically illuminate at100% intensity when the engine is startedand the parking brake released. The LEDDaytime Running Lights (DRL) operate withthe headlight switch in the AUTO or OFFposition. When you turn the headlightswitch to the position for full illumina-tion, the LED lights switch from LED DRL tothe park function.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL do not illumi-nate. The LED DRL illuminate when theparking brake is released. The LED DRL willremain on until the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch ON for interior controls andswitches to illuminate, as those remainOFF while the switch is in the AUTO or OFFposition.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLTurn the control knob OA to adjust thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signal�1 Move the lever up or down to signal the

turning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signal cancelsautomatically.

Lane change signal�2 Move the lever up or down until the turn

signal begins to flash, but the leverdoes not latch, to signal a lane change.Hold the lever until the lane change iscompleted.

LIC2638

Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turnsignal will automatically flash three times.Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

The 3 flash pass feature may be disabled.For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P. 2-24).

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the or position, thenturn the fog light switch to theposition.To turn the fog lights on with the headlightswitch in the AUTO position, the headlightsmust be on, then turn the fog light switch tothe position.To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog lightswitch to the OFF position.

To sound the horn, push near the horn iconon the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

LIC2639 LIC3568

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tem-peratures or have an inability to feelpain in body parts that contact theseat. Use of the seat heater by suchpeople could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

• The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while the en-gine is not running.

• Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one is us-ing the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-wise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

• Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or anysimilar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters.1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.

2. Push the switch once for the high (2 in-dicators illuminated) setting. Push theswitch again for the low (1 indicator illu-minated) setting.The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on andoff. The indicator light(s) will remain onas long as the switch is on.

3. Push the switch again to turn it off (noindicators illuminated).

4. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to push theswitch to turn it off.

LIC3973

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if soequipped)

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switchis used to turn on and off the LDW system.When the LDW switch is pushed, the LDWsystem will turn on and the LDW indicatorlight on the switch will illuminate. When theLDW switch is pushed again, the LDW sys-tem will turn off and the LDW indicator lightwill turn off.The LDW system warns the driver with awarning light and chime that the vehicle isbeginning to leave the driving lane. For ad-ditional information, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) ” (P. 5-27).

The Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection system and In-telligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)system may be linked with the LDW sys-tem. For additional information, see “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection” (P. 5-83) or “IntelligentForward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-95).

The Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection system is auto-matically enabled when the vehicle isstarted.To turn the system off, push the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection OFF switch (if so equipped). Thelight will go off, and the AEB with PedestrianDetection system warning light will illumi-nate in the meter. Pushing the switch willalso turn off the Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) system.

LIC4224 LIC4225

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SWITCH (if so equipped)

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTIONOFF SWITCH (if so equipped)

For additional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection” (P. 5-83).

The vehicle should be driven with the VDCsystem on for most driving conditions.If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light and theAutomatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection system warning lightwill come on and the Rear Automatic Brak-ing (RAB) system will turn off.Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” (P. 5-120) and “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection” (P. 5-83).

LIC3344

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH (if so equipped)

WARNING

The Rear Sonar System is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and checkthat it is safe to do so before backingup. Always back up slowly.

The RSS (if so equipped) is active when theignition switch is placed in the ON positionand the shift lever is in R (Reverse). Theindicator light on the switch will turn on.When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft(1.8 m) of the rear bumper, a beeping tone isemitted.

The RSS can be disabled by pushing theOFF switch. When the system is disabled,the indicator light on the switch will turn off.The system will automatically reset thenext time the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.For additional information, see Rear SonarSystem (RSS) (P. 5-123).

The Rear Door Alert system functions un-der certain conditions to indicate theremay be an object or passenger in the rearseat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting thevehicle.The Rear Door Alert system is initially dis-abled. The driver can enable the systemusing the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle infor-mation display warnings and indicators”(P. 2-31).When the system is enabled:• The system is activated when a rear door

is opened and closed within 10 minutes ofthe vehicle being driven. When the driverdoor is closed and the system is acti-vated, a visual message appears in thevehicle information display. For additionalinformation, see “Rear Door Alert is acti-vated” (P. 2-34).

• If a rear door is opened and closed butthe vehicle is not driven within approxi-mately 10 minutes, the system will not beactivated. A rear door must be openedand closed and the car driven within 10minutes for the system to activate.

LIC4227

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) OFFSWITCH (if so equipped)

REAR DOOR ALERT (if so equipped)

When the Rear Door Alert system is acti-vated:• When the driver puts the vehicle in the P

(Park) position, a notification messageappears in the vehicle information dis-play with the options to “Dismiss Mes-sage” or “Disable Alert” if desired.– Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily

disable for that stop.– No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” will

keep the alert enabled for that stop.• If the alert is enabled when a driver exits

the vehicle, a message will appear in thevehicle information display that states“Check Back Seat For All Articles.”If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected:–– An audible horn sound will occur after

a short time unless a rear door isopened and closed within a short timeto deactivate the alert.

–– If the doors are locked before the alertis deactivated by opening a rear door,the horn will sound.

–– If the trunk is opened before a rear dooris opened, the horn will be delayed untilafter the trunk is closed.

If “Alert Only” setting is selected, themessage alert will still be shown in thevehicle information display but the hornwill not sound.

WARNING

• If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, noaudible alert will be provided regard-less of rear door open/close status.

• There may be times when there is anobject or passenger in the rearseat(s) but the audible alert does notsound. For example, if rear seat pas-sengers enter or exit the vehicle dur-ing a trip.

• The system does not directly detectobjects or passengers in the rearseat(s). Instead, it can detect when arear door is opened and closed, indi-cating that there may be somethingin the rear seat(s).

There may be times when the hornsounds but there are no objects or pas-sengers in the rear seat(s).For additional information, see “Rear DoorAlert is activated” (P. 2-34).

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.The outlet is rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A)maximum.

CAUTION

• The outlet and plug may be hot dur-ing or immediately after use.

• Only certain power outlets are de-signed for use with a cigarette lighterunit. Do not use any other power out-let for an accessory lighter. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information

• Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

• Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

• Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

• Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

• Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned off.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

• When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

There are USB/iPod® charging ports lo-cated on the center console. These portswill charge compatible devices.

The USB/iPod® charging ports will notoperate with the display screen. Only theUSB connection port located on the in-strument panel, below the temperaturecontrols, will operate USB/iPod® devicesthrough the audio system.

LIC4003Instrument panel

LHA4725

POWER OUTLETS USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS

The extended storage switch is used whenthe vehicle is in transit from the factory. It islocated in the fuse panel OA which is on thedriver’s side left kick panel, near the floor, onthe inside of the panel. If any electricalequipment does not operate, ensure theextended storage switch is pushed fully inplace, as shown.

LIC3581 LIC3266Pulled position

LIC3268Pushed position

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH

FRONT-DOOR POCKETS SEATBACK POCKET (if soequipped)The seatback pocket is located on theback of the passenger's seat. The pocketcan be used to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the driv-er’s and/or front passenger’s NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System (if soequipped), please observe the follow-ing items:• Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket or head restraint/headrest.

• Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint/headrest or in theseatback pocket.

LIC4088 LIC0016

STORAGE

STORAGE TRAYWARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the traysto help prevent injury in an accident orsudden stop.

GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident ora sudden stop.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

• Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

LIC3986 LIC3580 LIC3987Front console

CAUTION

• Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injurepeople during sudden braking or anaccident.

• Do not use bottle holder for open liq-uid containers.

POWER WINDOWSWARNING

• Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc., inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before clos-ing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position orfor a period of time after the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position. If the driver'sor passenger's door is opened during thisperiod of time, the power to the windows iscanceled.

LIC4089Bottle holder — front

LIC4090Bottle holder — rear

WINDOWS

Driver's side power windowswitchThe driver's side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close all of thewindows.

To open a window, push the switch to thedetent and continue to hold down until thedesired window position is reached. Toclose a window, pull the switch to the de-tent and continue to hold up until the de-sired window position is reached.

Locking passengers' windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed,only the driver's side window can beopened or closed. Push it again to cancelthe window lock function.

Front passenger's power windowswitchThe passenger's window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger's win-dow. To open the window partially, push theswitch down lightly until the desired win-dow position is reached. To close the win-dow, pull the switch up until the desiredwindow position is reached.

LIC3208

1. Window lock switch

2. Power door lock switch

3. Front passenger side switch

4. Right rear passenger side switch

5. Left rear passenger side switch

6. Driver’s side automatic switch

LIC4228

Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open orclose only the corresponding windows. Toopen the window, push the switch and holdit down O1 . To close the window, pull theswitch up O2 .

Automatic operationTo fully open a window equipped with au-tomatic operation, push the windowswitch down to the second detent and re-lease it; it need not be held. The windowautomatically opens all the way. To stopthe window, lift the switch up while the win-dow is opening.

Auto-reverse functionIf the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when the window is closed by auto-matic operation when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position or for a period oftime after the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe window.

When power window switch doesnot operateIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initial-ize the power window system:1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.

LIC2663 LIC0410

2. Open the window more than halfway byoperating the power window switch.

3. Pull the power window switch and hold itto close the window, and then hold theswitch more than 3 seconds after thewindow is closed.

4. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete. The power window automati-cally opens or closes depending on if theautomatic down or up function isselected.

5. Perform steps 2 through 4 above forother windows.

If the power window function does not op-erate properly after performing the aboveprocedure have the system checked andrepaired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

The interior light has a three-positionswitch and operates regardless of ignitionswitch position.When the switch is in the ON position O3 ,the interior lights illuminate, regardless ofdoor position. The lights will go off after aperiod of time unless the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.When the switch is in the O2 position, theinterior lights will stay on for a period oftime when:

• The doors are unlocked by the key or thepower door lock switch while all doors areclosed and the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.

• The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the key is removed from theignition switch (if so equipped).

• The key is removed from the ignitionswitch (if so equipped) while all doors areclosed.

The light will turn off while the timer is acti-vated when:• The driver’s door is locked by the key, or

the power door lock switch.• The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.When the switch is in the OFF position O1 ,the interior lights do not illuminate, regard-less of door position.The lights will turn off automatically after aperiod of time while doors are open to pre-vent the battery from becomingdischarged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

LIC3985

INTERIOR LIGHTS

MAP LIGHTSTo turn the map lights on, push the switchto the O1 position. To turn them off, pushthe switch to the O2 position.

CAUTION

PERSONAL LIGHTThe personal light has a three-positionswitch and operates regardless of ignitionswitch position.When the switch is in the ON position O1 ,the light illuminates, regardless of doorposition.When the switch is in the DOOR position O2 ,the light illuminates by opening a door.The personal light will stay on for about 15seconds when:

• The doors are unlocked while the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position andall doors are closed.

• The driver's door is opened and thenclosed while the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.

• The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition while all doors are closed.

The personal light will turn off while the 15second timer is activated when:• The driver's door is locked by the key fob,

a key or the lock-unlock switch.• The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.When the switch is in the OFF position O3 ,the light does not illuminate, regardless ofdoor position.Some vehicles are equipped with a batterysaver feature that will automatically turnoff the interior lights after approximately 10minutes if:• doors are open, or• the interior light switch is in the ON

position.

LIC3988 SIC2063ACenter personal light

If the interior lights are turned off auto-matically by the battery saver feature,the ignition switch must be placed in theON position before the interior lights willilluminate again.For information regarding the interior lightbulb replacement, see “Exterior and interiorlights” (P. 8-25).

CAUTION

TRUNK LIGHTThe light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, thelight goes off.The light will go off after a period of time ifthe trunk lid is left open, unless the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.For additional information, see “Exteriorand interior lights” (P. 8-25).

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Remote Keyless Entry (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 3-3NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-7Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) . . . 3-8How to use remote keyless entrysystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (if soequipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11

Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Troubleshooting guide (ManualTransmission only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Troubleshooting guide (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . 3-24Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Conditions the Remote Engine Start willnot work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Key operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Opener operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Interior trunk access (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 3-29

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Opener operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Tilt and telescopic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Card holder (driver's side only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (if soequipped)A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all your keys. If you still have a key,it can be duplicated without knowing thekey number.

Storing remote keyless entryTo lock or unlock the vehicle using the keypress the release button O1 to unfold thekey from the fob.When storing the key press the release but-ton O1 and push key O2 to fold the key backinto fob slot O3 .Never leave keys in vehicle.

LPD3504

1. Jackknife type key

2. Master key

3. Key number plate

LPD3294

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® (if soequipped)Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key System com-ponents and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Thenew keys must be registered prior to usewith the Intelligent Key System and NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle.Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Keycomponents when registering new keys,be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that youhave to the NISSAN dealer.A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in the

vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the Intelli-gent Key:• Do not allow the Intelligent Key,

which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect thesystem function.

• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.• Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object.• Do not change or modify the Intelli-

gent Key.

LPD2874Type A (if so equipped)

1. Intelligent Keys (two sets)

2. Mechanical keys

3. Key number plate (one plate)

LPD2875Type B (if so equipped)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

• Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

• Do not attach the Intelligent Key witha key holder that contains a magnet.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

Mechanical keyThe Intelligent Key contains the mechani-cal key.To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe driver’s door and trunk lid (if soequipped).For additional information, see “Doors”(P. 3-5) and “Trunk lid” (P. 3-27).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key slot.

SPA1951

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYSAdditional or replacement keys:If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys. Your existingkey can be duplicated without knowing thekey number. As many as four NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys can be used withone vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys that you haveto the NISSAN dealer for registration. This isbecause the registration process will erasethe memory of all key codes previously reg-istered into the NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem. After the registration process, thesecomponents will only recognize keys codedinto the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemduring registration. Any key that is not givento the dealer at the time of registration willno longer be able to start your vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer systemkey, which contains an electrical tran-sponder, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect sys-tem function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot beopened using the inside or outside doorhandles. The doors must be unlocked toopen the doors.

WARNING

• Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from uninten-tionally opening the doors, and willhelp keep out intruders.

• Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

LOCKING WITH KEYTo lock or unlock the vehicle, turn the key asshown.

ManualTo lock a door, turn the key toward the frontof the vehicle O1 . To unlock, turn the keytoward the rear of the vehicle O2 .

Selective open (if so equipped)The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors at the same time.Turning the key toward the front O1 of thevehicle locks all doors.Turning the key one time toward the rearO2 of the vehicle unlocks that door. Fromthat position, returning the key to neutralO3 (where the key can only be removedand inserted) and turning it toward the rearagain within 5 seconds unlocks all doorsO4 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position O1 ,then close the door.To unlock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the unlock positionO2 .

LPD3048Driver’s side

LPD3049 LPD3041

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver's or front passen-ger's side) to the lock position O1 . Whenlocking the door this way, be certain not toleave the key inside the vehicle.To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver's or front pas-senger's side) to the unlock position O2 .

Lockout protectionWhen any door is open and the power doorlock switch is moved to the lock position, alldoors will lock. If the Intelligent Key is left inthe vehicle after all the doors are closed, alldoors will unlock automatically and achime will sound.These functions help to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSAll doors lock automatically when the ve-hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).• Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) (if so equipped)All doors unlock automatically when thetransmission is placed in the P (Park) orOFF position.

• Manual transmission (if so equipped)All doors unlock automatically when theignition is placed in the OFF position.

The automatic door unlock function canbe changed using the “Vehicle Settings”of the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P. 2-24).

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, es-pecially when small children are in thevehicle.The child safety lock levers are located onthe edge of the rear doors.When the lever is in the unlock position O2 ,the door can be opened from the outsideor the inside.When the lever is in the LOCK position O1 ,the door can be opened only from theoutside.

LPD2309 SPA2037

WARNING

• The remote keyless entry key fobtransmits radio waves when the but-tons are pressed. The FAA advises ra-dio waves may affect aircraft naviga-tion and communication systems. Donot operate the remote keyless entrykey fob while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit isstored for a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turnthe interior lights on, and activate the panicalarm by using the key fob from outside thevehicle.Be sure to remove the key from the ve-hicle before locking the doors.The key fob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.The effective distance depends on theconditions around the vehicle.

As many as four key fobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional keyfobs, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.The key fob will not function when:• The battery is discharged.• The distance between the vehicle and

the key fob is over 33 ft (10 m).The panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the key fob:• Do not allow the key fob, which con-

tains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water.This could affect the systemfunction.

• Do not drop the key fob.• Do not strike the key fob sharply

against another object.• Do not change or modify the key fob.• Wetting may damage the key fob. If

the key fob gets wet, immediatelywipe until it is completely dry.

• Do not place the key fob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

• Do not attach the key fob with a keyholder that contains a magnet.

• Do not place the key fob near equip-ment that produces a magnetic field,such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec-ommends erasing the ID code of thatkey fob. This will prevent the key fobfrom unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM1. (lock) button

2. (unlock) button

3. (trunk) button

4. (panic) button

Locking doors1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close all doors.

4. Press the button on the key fob.All the doors lock. The hazard indicatorlights flash twice and the horn beepsonce to indicate all doors are locked.• When the button is pressed

with all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator lights flash twice and the hornbeeps once as a reminder that thedoors are already locked.

• If a door is open and you press thebutton, the doors will lock but

the horn will not beep and the hazardindicator lights will not flash.

The horn may or may not beep. For addi-tional information, see “Silencing the hornbeep feature” (P. 3-10).

Unlocking doorsPress the button on the key fob once.• Only the driver’s door unlocks.• The hazard indicator lights flash once if all

doors are completely closed with the ig-nition switch in any position except theON position.

Press the button on the key fob againwithin 1 minute.• All doors unlock.• The hazard indicator lights flash once if all

doors are completely closed.

Using the interior lightsPress the button on the key fob onceto turn on the interior lights.The interior lights can be turned off withoutwaiting a period of time by inserting the keyinto the ignition switch and placing the ig-nition switch in the ON or START position,locking the doors with the key fob, powerdoor lock switch or pushing the interiorlight switch to the off position.For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-61).

Auto relockWhen the button on the key fob ispressed, all doors will lock automaticallywithin 1 minute unless one of the followingoperations is performed:• Any door is opened.• A key is inserted into the ignition switch

and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON.• Press the button.

LPD3503

Releasing the trunk lidPress the button on the key fob forlonger than 1 second to open the trunk lid.The trunk release button on the key fob willnot operate when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holding the

button on the key fob for longer than0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.The panic alarm stops when:• It has run for a period of time.• Any button is pressed on the key fob.

Silencing the horn beep featureIf desired, the horn beep feature can bedeactivated using the key fob.To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard indicator lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the horn beep fea-ture has been deactivated.To activate: Press and hold the and

buttons for at least 2 seconds oncemore.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has beenreactivated.Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm istriggered.

Battery indicator lightBattery indicator light illuminates whenyou push any button. The number of blink-ing is different to identify each registeredIntelligent Keys. If the light does not illumi-nate, the battery is weak or needsreplacement.For additional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-21).

LPD3181

WARNING

• The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operatethe Intelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key can operate all the doorlocks using the remote control function orpushing the request switch (if so equipped)on the vehicle without taking the key outfrom a pocket or purse. The operating en-vironment and/or conditions may affectthe Intelligent Key operation.Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehicle.

• Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditionsmay interfere with the operation of the In-telligent Key under the following operatingconditions:• When operating near a location where

strong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

• When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone, trans-ceiver, or a CB radio.

• When the Intelligent Key is in contact withor covered by metallic materials.

• When any type of radio wave remote con-trol is used nearby.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

• When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately two years. Ifthe battery is discharged, replace it with anew one.When the Intelligent Key battery is low, theNISSAN Intelligent Key® warning light (if soequipped) will blink green for about 30 sec-onds after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may be-come shorter.When the battery is discharged, firmly ap-ply the foot brake and touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key. Then pushthe ignition switch while depressing thebrake pedal within 10 seconds after thechime sound. For additional information,see “Push-button ignition switch” (P. 5-13).For additional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-21).

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM(if so equipped)

As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the Intelli-gent Key:• Do not allow the Intelligent Key,

which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect thesystem function.

• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.• Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object.• Do not change or modify the Intelli-

gent Key.• Wetting may damage the Intelligent

Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

• If the outside temperature is below14°F (-10°C) the battery of the Intelli-gent Key may not function properly.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

• Do not attach the Intelligent Key witha key holder that contains a magnet.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch (if so equipped) O1 .When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey operating range becomes narrower,and the Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch (if so equipped)O1 .

LPD3043

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches (if so equipped) may not function.When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-ating range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the Intelli-gent Key, to push the request switch (if soequipped) to lock/unlock the doors.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION• Do not push the door handle request

switch (if so equipped) with the IntelligentKey held in your hand as illustrated. Theclose distance to the door handle willcause the Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the IntelligentKey is outside the vehicle.

• After locking with the door handle re-quest switch (if so equipped), verify thedoors are securely locked by testingthem.

• To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle, make sure youcarry the Intelligent Key with you and thenlock the doors.

• Do not pull the door handle before push-ing the door handle request switch (if soequipped). The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

LPD2554

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the Intelligent Key out of your pocketor bag.When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch (if soequipped) within the range of operation.

Locking doors1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion, place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push any door handle request switch (ifso equipped) O1 while carrying the Intel-ligent Key with you.

4. All doors will lock.

5. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the outside buzzer sounds twice.

NOTE:• Doors lock with the door handle re-

quest switch (if so equipped) while theignition switch is not in the LOCKposition.

• Doors do not lock by pushing the pas-senger door handle request switch (ifso equipped) while any door is open.However, doors lock with the mechani-cal key even if any door is open.

LPD3039 LPD3040 LPD2165

• Request switches (if so equipped) forall doors can be deactivated when theExt. Door Switch feature is switched toOFF using the “Vehicle Settings” menuin the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

• Doors do not lock with the door handlerequest switch (if so equipped) withthe Intelligent Key inside the vehicleand a beep sounds to warn you. How-ever, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked withanother Intelligent Key.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure that the doorshave been securely locked by operat-ing the door handles. Failure to followthese instructions may result in inad-vertently unlocking the doors, whichmay decrease the safety and securityof your vehicle.

CAUTION

• When locking the doors using the re-quest switch (if so equipped), makesure to have the Intelligent Key inyour possession before operatingthe request switch (if so equipped) toprevent the Intelligent Key from be-ing left in the vehicle.

• The request switch (if so equipped) isoperational only when the IntelligentKey has been detected by the Intelli-gent Key system.

Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey.When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all thedoors are closed; the lock will automati-cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds.

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is op-erating the request switch (if soequipped) to lock the door. Put the Intel-ligent Key in a purse, pocket or yourother hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not func-tion under the following conditions:• When the Intelligent Key is placed on

top of the instrument panel.• When the Intelligent Key is placed on

top of the rear parcel shelf.• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side the glove box or a storage bin.• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side the door pockets.• When the Intelligent Key is placed on

or under the spare tire area.• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch (ifso equipped) O1 .

3. The hazard indicator lights flash onceand the outside buzzer sounds once.

4. Push the door handle request switch (ifso equipped) O1 again within 5 secondsto unlock all doors.

Request switches (if so equipped) for alldoors can be deactivated when the Ext.Door Switch feature is switched to OFFusing the “Vehicle Settings” menu on thevehicle information display. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P. 2-24).

If a door handle is pulled while unlockingthe doors, that door may not be unlocked.Returning the door handle to its originalposition will unlock the door. If the doordoes not unlock after returning the doorhandle, push the door handle requestswitch (if so equipped) to unlock the door.All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute after pushing therequest switch (if so equipped).• Opening any door.• Pushing the ignition switch.

LPD3040 LPD2165

Using the interior lightThe interior light illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the inte-rior light switch is not in the OFF position.The light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the followingoperations:• Placing the ignition switch in the ON

position.• Locking the doors with the remote

control.• Switching the interior light switch to the

OFF position.• Switching the Auto Room Lamp feature

to the OFF position in the “Vehicle Set-tings” menu on the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-61).

Opening the trunk lid1. Unlock all doors.

2. Push the trunk opener switch OA whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

3. The trunk will unlatch. A chime will soundfour times.

4. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the trunk, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When all doors are locked and the trunk lidis closed with the Intelligent Key inside thetrunk, a chime will sound and the doors willunlock.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can op-erate all door locks using the remote key-less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-mote keyless function can operate at adistance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-hicle. The operating distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.The remote keyless entry function may notfunction under the following conditions:• When the Intelligent Key is not within the

operational range.• When the doors or the trunk are open or

not closed securely.• When the Intelligent Key battery is

discharged.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure not to leave the keyin the vehicle.

LPD3047

Type A (if so equipped)1. (lock) button

2. (unlock) button

3. (trunk) button

4. (panic) button

Type B (if so equipped)1. (remote engine start) button

2. (lock) button

3. (unlock) button

4. (trunk) button

5. (panic) button

Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK

position.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles. Failure to follow these in-structions may result in inadvertentlyunlocking the doors, which may de-crease the safety and security of yourvehicle.

Unlocking doors1. Press the button on the Intelligent

Key to unlock the driver’s door.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash onceand the driver’s door unlocks.

3. Press the button again within 60seconds to unlock all doors.

LPD3601 LPD3603

The Selective Unlock feature can bechanged using the “Vehicle Settings”menu on the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P. 2-24).All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute after pressing the

button:• Opening any doors.• Pushing the ignition switch.

Using the interior lightThe interior light illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the inte-rior light switch is not in the OFF position.The light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the followingoperations:• Placing the ignition switch in the ON

position.• Locking the doors with the remote

control.• Switching the interior light switch to the

OFF position.

• Switching the Auto Room Lamp featureto the OFF position in the “Vehicle Set-tings” menu on the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-61).

Releasing the trunk lidPress the button for longer than 0.5seconds to open the trunk lid. The trunkrelease button will not operate when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holding the

button on the Intelligent Key for lon-ger than 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.The panic alarm stops when:• It has run for a period of time.• Any button is pressed on the Intelligent

• The request switch (if so equipped) on thedriver or passenger door is pushed andthe Intelligent Key is in range of the doorhandle.

Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn featurecan be deactivated using the IntelligentKey. When it is deactivated and thebutton is pressed, the hazard indicatorlights flash twice. When the button ispressed, neither the hazard indicator lightsnor the horn operates.

NOTE:If you change the Answer Back Hornand light flash feature with the Intelli-gent Key, the vehicle information dis-play screen will show the currentmode after the ignition switch hasbeen cycled from the OFF to the ONposition. The vehicle information dis-play screen can also be used tochange the answer back horn mode.For additional information, see “Ve-hicle Settings” (P. 2-24).

To deactivate:Press and hold the and but-tons for at least 6 seconds. The hazardindicator lights will flash three times to con-firm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.To activate:Press and hold the and but-tons for at least 6 seconds once more.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has beenreactivated.Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm istriggered. Intelligent Key button operation

lightThe light blinks only when you press anybutton on the Intelligent Key. The light illu-mination only signifies that the key fob hastransmitted a signal. You may look and/orlisten to verify that the vehicle has per-formed the intended operation. The num-ber of blinks identifies each registered key(i.e. 1 blink = 1st key,...,4 blinks = 4th key) foryour own identification purposes.

If the light does not blink, your battery maybe too weak to communicate to the ve-hicle. If this occurs, the battery may need tobe replaced. For additional information re-garding the replacement of a battery, see“Battery replacement” (P. 8-21).

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, a chime orbuzzer sounds from inside and outside thevehicle and a warning is displayed in theinstrument panel.When a chime or beep sounds or a warningis displayed, be sure to check the vehicleand the Intelligent Key.For additional information, see “Trouble-shooting guide (Manual Transmissiononly)” (P. 3-21), “Troubleshooting guide (Con-tinuously Variable Transmission only)”(P. 3-22) and “Vehicle information display”(P. 2-24).

LPD2836

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE(Manual Transmission only)Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-ferently than expected.

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When opening the driver's door toget out of the vehicle

The Door Open (if so equipped) warning ap-pears on the display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When closing the door after gettingout of the vehicle

The NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning appearson the display, the outside chime soundsthree times and the inside warning chimesounds for approximately 3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

When closing the door with the in-side lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the ve-hicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle re-quest switch (if so equipped) or the

button on the Intelligent Keyto lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximately2 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the ve-hicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning appearson the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.For additional information, see “Bat-tery replacement” (P. 8-21).

The NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning appearson the display, the outside chime soundsthree times and the inside warning chimesounds for approximately 3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the ve-hicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch The NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning messagein the vehicle information display appears.

It warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE(Continuously VariableTransmission only)Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-ferently than expected.

When stopping the engineThe Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park) po-sition.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

When opening the driver's door to getout of the vehicle

The Door/Trunk Open warning ap-pears on the display and the insidewarning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the AUTO ACCor ON position.

When closing the door after gettingout of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chimesounds three times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the AUTO ACCor ON position.

The Rear Door Alert (if so equipped)warning message appears on the dis-play, the horn sounds three timestwice, or a Check Back Seat For All Ar-ticles (if so equipped) warning appearson the display.

The Rear Door Alert is activated.Check the back seat for all articles,press the OK button to clear the RearDoor Alert warning message.

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the outside chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the AUTO ACCposition and the shift lever is not in theP (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition and place the ignition switch inthe OFF position.

When closing the door with the insidelock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds and all the doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle re-quest switch (if so equipped) or the

button on the Intelligent Key tolock the door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 2 seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Key Battery Low indicator appearson the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.For additional information, see “Batteryreplacement” (P. 8-21).

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chimesounds three times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switchThe I-Key System Error warning mes-sage in the vehicle information displayappears.

It warns of a malfunction with the Intel-ligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

The button will be on the NISSANIntelligent Key® if the vehicle has RemoteEngine Start. This feature allows the engineto start from outside the vehicle.Vehicles with an automatic climate controlsystem may default to either a heating orcooling mode depending on outside andcabin temperatures. For additional infor-mation, see “Remote Engine Start with In-telligent Climate Control” (P. 4-25).Laws in some local communities may re-strict or prohibit the use of Remote EngineStart, or the amount of time a parked ve-hicle engine may idle. For example, somelaws require a person using Remote Engine

Start to have the vehicle in view or mayrestrict idling time except in freezing tem-peratures. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.Other conditions may affect the function ofthe Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-tional information, see “Conditions the Re-mote Engine Start will not work” (P. 3-26).Other conditions can affect the perfor-mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® system” (P. 3-11).

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

WARNING

• Do not use Remote Engine Start inclosed spaces such as a garage. Donot breathe exhaust gases; they con-tain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconscious-ness or death.

CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intel-ligent Key may not function properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can onlybe used when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from thevehicle.The Remote Engine Start operating rangeis approximately 197 ft (60 m) from thevehicle.

LPD2995

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLETo use the Remote Engine Start feature tostart the engine perform the following:1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock all doors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold thebutton until the turn signal lights

flash and the tail lamps turn on. If thevehicle is not within view press and holdthe button for at least 2 seconds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:• The parking lights will turn on and remain

on as long as the engine is running.• The doors will be locked and the climate

control system may come on.• The engine will continue to run for 10 min-

utes. Repeat the steps to extend the timefor an additional 10 minutes. For addi-tional information, see “Extending enginerun time” (P. 3-25).

Press and hold the brake then push thepush-button ignition switch to the ON po-sition before driving. For additional infor-mation, see “Driving the vehicle” (P. 5-19).

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe Remote Engine Start feature can beextended one time by performing thesteps listed in “Remote starting the vehicle”in this section. Run time will be calculatedas follows:• The first 10 minute run time will start

when the Remote Engine Start function isperformed.

• The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the Remote Engine Startfunction is performed again. For example,if the engine has been running for 5 min-utes, and 10 minutes are added, the en-gine will run for a total of 15 minutes.

• Extending engine run time will bring youto the two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts,or a single Remote Engine Start with anextension, are allowed between ignitioncycles. The ignition switch must be cycledto the ON position and then back to theOFF position before the Remote EngineStart procedure can be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTARTTo cancel a Remote Engine Start, performone of the following:• Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and

press until the parking lights turn off.• Turn on the hazard warning flashers.• Cycle the ignition switch on and then off.• The extended engine run time has

expired.• The first 10 minute timer has expired.• Opening the engine hood.• Shifting the vehicle out of P (Park).• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into

the vehicle.• Pushing the ignition switch without the

Intelligent Key in the vehicle.• Not pressing the brake pedal while press-

ing the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey in the vehicle.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINESTART WILL NOT WORKThe Remote Engine Start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:• The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.• The hood is not securely closed.• The hazard indicator lights are on.• The engine is still running. The engine

must be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicable whenextending engine run time.

• The button is not pressed and heldfor at least 2 seconds.

• The button is not pressed and heldwithin 5 seconds of pressing the lockbutton.

• The brake is pressed.• The doors are not closed and locked.• The trunk is open.• The I-Key System Error warning shows in

the vehicle information display.• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into

the vehicle.

• Two Remote Engine Starts, or a singleRemote Engine Start with an extension,have already been used.

• The vehicle is not in P (Park).• There is a detected registered key already

inside of the vehicle.• The Remote Engine Start function has

been switched to the OFF position in “Ve-hicle Settings” of the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

The Remote Engine Start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

1. Pull the hood lock release handle O1 lo-cated below the driver’s side instrumentpanel until the hood springs up slightly.

2. Locate the lever O2 under the hood andpush the lever sideways with yourfingertips.

3. Raise the hood O3 .

4. Remove the support rod and insert itinto the slot O4 .

Hold the coated parts when removing orresetting the support rod. Avoid directcontact with the metal parts, as theymay be hot immediately after the enginehas been stopped.

When closing the hood, return the supportrod to its original position, lower the hoodto approximately 12 in (30 cm) above thelatch and release it. This allows proper en-gagement of the hood latch.

WARNING

• Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

• If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

WARNING

• Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.For additional information, see “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)”(P. 5-4).

• Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent themfrom playing and becoming locked inthe trunk where they could be seri-ously injured. Keep the car locked,with the rear seatback and trunk lidsecurely latched when not in use, andprevent children's access to car keys.

LPD3042

HOOD TRUNK LID

KEY OPERATION (if so equipped)To open the trunk lid, turn the key clock-wise. To close the trunk lid, lower and pushthe trunk lid down securely.

OPENER OPERATIONWARNING

• Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.For additional information, see “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)”(P. 5-4).

The trunk lid release is located on the floorto the left of the driver’s seat.To open the trunk lid, pull the opener leverup.To close the trunk lid, lower and push thetrunk lid down securely.LPD3067 LPD2215

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASEWARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children'saccess to car keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanismprovides a means of escape for childrenand adults in the event they becomelocked inside the trunk.

To open the trunk from the inside, pull theilluminated release handle until the lock re-leases and push up on the trunk lid. Therelease handle is made of a material thatglows in the dark after a brief exposure toambient light.The handle is located inside the trunk com-partment on the trunk lock at the center ofthe trunk lid.

INTERIOR TRUNK ACCESS (if soequipped)The trunk can be accessed from the driv-er’s side or the passenger side of the rearseat.1. Move the front seat to the most forward

position.

2. Pull up on the knob on the rear seatback.

3. Fold down the driver’s or passenger’sside seatback.

For additional information, see “Seats”(P. 1-2).

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in seri-ous injury or death in an accident orsudden stop.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it from slid-ing or shifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatbacks. In a sud-den stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

• When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

LPD3044

OPENER OPERATIONThe fuel-filler door release is located belowthe instrument panel. To open the fuel-fillerdoor, pull the release. To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

FUEL-FILLER CAPWARNING

• Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle whenrefueling.

• Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possibly afire.

• Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the Malfunc-tion Indicator Light (MIL) to come on.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

• Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:– Always place the container on the

ground when filling.– Do not use electronic devices

when filling.

LPD3038 LPD3037

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

– Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

• Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. For additional information,see “Fuel recommendation” (P. 10-4).

• The Loose Fuel Cap warning will ap-pear if the fuel-filler cap is not prop-erly tightened. It may take a few driv-ing trips for the message to bedisplayed. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LooseFuel Cap warning appears may causethe Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) to illuminate.

• Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to illu-minate. If the light illuminatesbecause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

light should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the light does notturn off after a few driving trips, havethe vehicle inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)”(P. 2-19).

• If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise

to remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holderO1 while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the

fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

LPD3051

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningmessage (if so equipped)The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning messagedisplays in the trip computer when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly af-ter the vehicle has been refueled. It maytake a few driving trips for the message tobe displayed. To turn off the warning mes-sage, perform the following:1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as

previously described as soon aspossible.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Press the reset button OA for more than1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning message after the fuel cap hasbeen tightened.

WARNING

• Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause anaccident.

• Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver's air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates. Al-ways sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

LIC4233

STEERING WHEEL

TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATIONPush the lock lever O1 down:• Adjust the steering wheel up or down in

direction O2 to the desired position.• Adjust the steering wheel forward or

backward in direction O3 to the desiredposition.

Pull the lock lever O1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor O1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove thesun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side O2 .

3. Slide the sun visor extension O3 in or outas needed.

CAUTION

• Do not store the sun visor before re-turning the extension to its originalposition.

• Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

LPD3045

WPD0315

SUN VISORS

VANITY MIRRORTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sunvisor down and flip open the mirror cover.

CARD HOLDER (driver's side only)To access the card holder, pull the sun visordown and slide card in the card holder OA .Do not view information while operatingthe vehicle.

REARVIEW MIRRORThe night position O1 reduces glare fromthe headlights of vehicles behind you atnight.Use the day position O2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when nec-essary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

SPA1733 LPD2471 WPD0126

MIRRORS

OUTSIDE MIRRORSTo operate the outside mirror remote con-trol move the small switch O1 to select theright or left mirror. Adjust each mirror to thedesired position using the large switch O2 .Move the small switch to the center (neu-tral) position to prevent accidentally mov-ing the mirror.

WARNING

• Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-ing. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

• Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use the in-side mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

Manual folding outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated todefog, defrost or de-ice for improved visibil-ity. Push the rear window defroster switchto activate the heating function. Push theswitch again to deactivate, or the heatingfunction will automatically turn off after ap-proximately 15 minutes.

LPD2452 LPD2216

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Control panel buttons (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

How to use the touch-screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to use the MENU button . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

(brightness control) button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to use the VOL (volume) knob /PUSH (power) button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Selecting menu from launch bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . 4-10How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Difference between predicted andactual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11How to park with predicted courselines (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14How to turn on and off predictedcourse lines (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . 4-14System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Heater and air conditioner (manual)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28FM/AM radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32USB (Universal Serial Bus) connectionport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36iPod®* player operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Bluetooth® streaming audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . . . 4-45

Antenna (Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46Antenna (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47Siri® Eyes Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48Operating Siri® Eyes Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . . . .4-50Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Phone display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Ending a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60Text messaging (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60Bluetooth® connections screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Phone and text message settings . . . . . . . . . . .4-64

iPod®/iPhone® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66

Refer to the digital NissanConnect® Own-er’s manual using the QR code on thispage, or your printed NissanConnect®Owner’s manual (if so equipped). Thismanual includes the following information:• NissanConnect® Services (if so equipped)• Audio system• Apple CarPlay® (if so equipped)• Android Auto TM (if so equipped)• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system• Viewing information• Other settings

• Voice recognition• General system information

WARNING

• Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls and display con-trols should not be done while driv-ing in order that full attention may begiven to the driving operation.

• Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result in ac-cidents, fire, or electrical shock.

• Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result in acci-dent, fire or electric shock.

• In case you notice any foreign objectin the system hardware, spill liquidon it, or notice smoke or smell com-ing from it, stop using the system im-mediately. Ignoring such conditionsmay lead to accidents, fire or electri-cal shock. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer forservicing.

LHA5559

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’SMANUAL (if so equipped)

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

1. MENU button

2. Display screen

3. DISP button

4. BACK button

5. TUNE•SCROLL knob / PUSH SOUND button

6. VOL (volume) knob / PUSH (power)button

7. (brightness control) button

8. button** For additional information, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System”

(P. 4-50) regarding the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control button.When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.If you use the system with the engine notrunning for a long time, it will dischargethe battery, and the engine will not start.Reference symbols:“Example” — Words marked in quotes referto a key shown only on the display. Thesekeys can be selected by touching thescreen.

LHA4703

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS (if soequipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

HOW TO USE THE TOUCH-SCREEN

CAUTION

• The glass display screen may break ifit is hit with a hard or sharp object. Ifthe glass screen breaks, do not touchit. Doing so could result in an injury.

• To clean the display, never use arough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinneror any kind of solvent or paper towelwith a chemical cleaning agent. Theywill scratch or deteriorate the panel.

• Do not splash any liquid such as wa-ter or car fragrance on the display.Contact with liquid will cause the sys-tem to malfunction.

To help ensure safe driving, some functionscannot be operated while driving.The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

WARNING

• ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

• Avoid using vehicle features thatcould distract you. If distracted, youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident.

Touch-screen operation

LHA4700

Menu Item ResultSelecting the item Touch an item to select. To select the “Phone” key, touch the “Phone” key on the screen. Touch the “ ” key to

return to the previous screen.Adjusting the item Touch the “+” key or the “−” key to adjust the settings of an item. Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one

item at a time. Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time.Inputting characters Touch the number key. There are some options available when inputting characters.

123 Touch to manually enter numbers.OK Completes the character input.

Touch-screen maintenanceIf you clean the display screen, use a dry,soft cloth. If additional cleaning is neces-sary, use a small amount of neutral deter-gent with a soft cloth. Never spray thescreen with water or detergent. Dampenthe cloth first and then wipe the screen.

HOW TO USE THE MENUBUTTONTo select and/or adjust several functions,features and modes that are available foryour vehicle:1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key.

3. Touch the desired item.

LHA4706 LHA4700

Menu item ResultSettings Touch to change the following settings.

Connections Touch this key to select either Bluetooth® phone, Bluetooth® audio or USB audio options. For additional information, see“USB connections screen” (P. 4-37) and “Bluetooth® connections screen” (P. 4-63).

Phone For additional information, see “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System” (P. 4-50).Sound For additional information, see “Audio system” (P. 4-27).Volume & Beeps For additional information, see “Volume & beeps” (P. 4-66).Clock Touch this key to adjust clock settings.

On-screenClock

Touch to toggle ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen.

Clock Format Touch to set the clock to 12–hour or 24–hour format.Daylight Sav-ings Time

Touch to adjust the daylight savings time to on or off.

Set ClockManually

Touch to adjust the clock manually; then touch to change between AM and PM, the hour and the minutes.

System Voice For additional information, see “Settings” (P. 4-58).Camera Touch this key to change the camera settings.Others Touch this key to select and/or adjust various functions of this system. A screen with additional options will appear.

Display Touch this key to toggle the display off or to adjust the appearance of the display. For additional information, see “Adjust-ing the screen” (P. 4-14).

Language Touch this key to change the language on the display.OSS Licenses Touch this key to display software licensing information.Return All Set-tings To De-fault

Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory.

(brightness control) BUTTONTo change the display brightness, press the

button. Pressing the button again willchange the display to the day or the nightdisplay.Press and hold the button for morethan 2 seconds to turn the display off. Pressthe button again to turn the display on.

HOW TO USE THE VOL (volume)KNOB / PUSH (power)BUTTONPress the PUSH (power) button to turnaudio function on and off. Turn the VOL(volume) knob to adjust audio volume. SELECTING MENU FROM LAUNCH

BARVarious system functions can be accessedby touching the items on the Launch BarO1 which is displayed on most of the mainmenu screens (the Launch Bar does notappear on some screens such as keyboardscreens, camera screens, etc.)Touch the keys on the Launch Bar to dis-play the corresponding menu screens.

The following menu items are available onthe Launch Bar:• AM• FM• USB/iPod• Bluetooth• AUX• Settings

LHA4707

1. CAMERA button

2. DISP buttonWARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result inserious injury or death.

• RearView Monitor is a conveniencefeature and is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows and check mirrorsto be sure that it is safe to move be-fore operating the vehicle. Alwaysback up slowly.

LHA5573

REARVIEW MONITOR

• The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large station-ary objects directly behind the ve-hicle, to help avoid damaging thevehicle.

• The distance guide lines and the ve-hicle width lines should be used as areference only when the vehicle is ona level paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for refer-ence only and may be different thanthe actual distance between the ve-hicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position. The radio can still be heard whilethe RearView Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located justabove the vehicle’s license plate O1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition to operate the RearView Monitor.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body line OA are dis-played on the monitor.Distance guide linesIndicate distances from the vehicle body.• Red line O1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)• Yellow line O2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)• Green line O3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

LHA5234 LHA4805

Vehicle width guide lines O4

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.Predicted course lines (if so equipped) O5

Indicate the predicted course when back-ing up. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predicted course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the ac-tual distance. Note that any object on thehill is further than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

LHA5283 LHA5284

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines OA (if soequipped) do not touch the object in thedisplay. However, the vehicle may hit theobject if it projects over the actual backingup course.

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position OC is shown farther than theposition OB in the display. However, the po-sition OC is actually at the same distance asthe position OA . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position OA

if the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES (if so equipped)

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

• If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:– Turn the steering wheel from lock

to lock while the engine isrunning.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the AUTOACC position, the predicted courselines may be displayed incorrectly.

LHA4995 LHA5285

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen OA when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines OB enter the parking spaceOC .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines OD parallelto the parking space OC while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

LHA5043 LHA4770

ADJUSTING THE SCREENFor vehicles with CAMERA button1. While on the main menu screen, touch

the “Settings” key.

2. Touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.

4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Tint”,“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–”key on the touch-screen display.

For vehicles with DISP button1. While on the main menu screen, touch

the “Settings” key.

2. Touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Tint”,“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–”key on the touch-screen display.

Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINES (if soequipped)To toggle on and off the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:1. Press the CAMERA button.

2. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” keyto turn the feature on or off.

To toggle on and off the predicted courselines while in the R (Reverse) position, pressthe CAMERA button.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to oper-ate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.• The system cannot completely elimi-

nate blind spots and may not showevery object.

• Underneath the bumper and the cor-ner areas of the bumper cannot beviewed on the RearView Monitor be-cause of its monitoring range limita-tion. The system will not show smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot show objects close to the bum-per or on the ground.

• Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

• Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite comparedto when viewed in the rearview andoutside mirrors.

LHA5047

• Use the displayed lines as a refer-ence. The lines are highly affected bythe number of occupants, fuel level,vehicle position, road conditions androad grade.

• Make sure that the trunk is securelyclosed when backing up.

• Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

• When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it maymalfunction or cause damage result-ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:• When the temperature is extremely high

or low, the screen may not clearly displayobjects.

• When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

• Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong reflectedlight from the bumper.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

• The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

• Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

• There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the camera.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent, thenwipe with a dry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-ner to clean the camera. This willcause discoloration.

• Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera O1 , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-ing it with a dry cloth.

LHA5234

Adjust the air flow direction of the vents byopening, closing or rotating.Adjust the air flow direction of the vents bymoving the slide as indicated.

WARNING

• The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

• Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

• Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

NOTE:• Odors from inside and outside the ve-

hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

• When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

SAA3126Side vents

LHA5224Center vents

VENTS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual) (if so equipped)

CONTROLS1. Air flow control dial2. A/C (air conditioner) button3. Fan speed control dial4. Air recirculation button5. Temperature control dial6. Fresh air intake button

7. Rear window and outside mirror (ifso equipped) defroster switch

Fan speed control dialThe fan speed control dial turns thefan on and off and controls fan speed.

Air flow control dialThe air flow control dial allows you to selectthe air flow outlets.

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the footoutlets.

— Air flows from defroster out-lets and the foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from de-froster outlets.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right.

Fresh air intakePress the fresh air intake button todraw outside air into the passengercompartment.

LHA4202

Air recirculationPress the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The air recirculation cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the frontdefrosting mode.

A/C (air conditioner) buttonStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, see “Rear win-dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” (P. 2-40).

HEATER OPERATIONHeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air tothe foot outlets. Some air also flows fromthe defrost outlets.1. Press the button for normal heat-

ing. The indicator light on the but-ton will go off.

2. Turn the airflow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial tothe desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middleand the hot position.

VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the sideand center vents.1. Press the button. The indicator light

on the button will go off.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defoggingThis mode directs the air to the defrostoutlets to defrost/defog the windows.1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

• To quickly remove ice or fog from the win-dows, turn the fan speed control dialto the right and the temperature controlto the full HOT position.

Bi-level heatingThe bi-level mode directs warmed air tothe side and center vents and to the footoutlets.1. Press the button. The indicator light

2. Turn the airflow control dial to theposition.

Heating and defoggingThis mode heats the interior and defogsthe windshield.1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

• If in the mode for more than 1minute, the air conditioning system willcontinue to operate until the vehicle isshut off. This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. Themode automatically turns off, allowingoutside air to be drawn into the passen-ger compartment to further improve thedefogging performance.

Operating tipsClear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield.This improves heater operation.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position, andpress the button to activate the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on,cooling and dehumidifying functions areadded to the heater operation.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

CoolingThis mode is used to cool and dehumidifythe air.1. Press the button.

4. Press the button.

• For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, press the button.The indicator light on the button willcome on. Press the button for nor-mal cooling. The indicator light on the

button will go off.

Dehumidified heatingThis mode is used to heat and dehumidifythe air.1. Press the button. The indicator light

4. Press the button on.

Dehumidified defoggingThis mode is used to defog the windowsand dehumidify the air.1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

3. Press the button. The indicatorlight comes on.

When the , or positions in be-tween are selected, the air conditioner au-tomatically turns on. The air conditioningsystem will continue to operate until thefan speed control dial is turned to OFF orthe vehicle is shut off, even if the air flowcontrol dial is turned to a position otherthan the position. This dehumidifiesthe air which helps defog the windshield.The mode automatically turns off, al-lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas-senger compartment to further improvethe defogging performance.4. Turn the temperature control dial to the

desired position.

Operating tips• Keep the windows closed while the air

conditioner is in operation.• After parking in the sun, drive for two or

three minutes with the windows open tovent hot air from the passenger com-partment. Then, close the windows. Thisallows the air conditioner to cool the inte-rior more quickly.

• The air conditioning system should beoperated for approximately ten min-utes at least once a month. This helpsprevent damage to the system due tolack of lubrication.

• A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditionsas the air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

• If the high temperature warning lightilluminates in red indicating en-

gine coolant temperature is over thenormal range, turn the air conditioneroff. For additional information, see “Ifyour vehicle overheats” (P. 6-10).

AIR FLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button anddial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICKheating, cooling or defrosting. The airrecirculation button should always be inthe OFF position for heating anddefrosting.

LHA4674 LHA4675

LHA4676 LHA4677

LHA4678

1. Temperature control dial /AUTO button2. Heated seat switches (if so

equipped)3. Display Screen4. Fan speed control dial/A/C (air

conditioner) button5. Air recirculation button

6. Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch

7. MODE (manual air flow control) button8. Front defroster button9. ON-OFF button

WARNING

• The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

• Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

NOTE:• Odors from inside and outside the ve-

hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

• When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

LHA5218

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic) (if so equipped)

AUTOMATIC OPERATIONHeating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

• The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

• Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwise,the system may not work properly.

• Not recommended if windows fog up.

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be used all year round asthe system automatically works to keep aconstant temperature. Air flow distributionand fan speed are also controlledautomatically.1. Press the AUTO button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to theleft or right to set the desiredtemperature.

• The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

• A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe vents in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indicatea malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging1. Press the front defroster button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe maximum temperature to aid indefogging.

• To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, use the fan speed con-trol dial to set the fan speed to maximum.

• As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, press the AUTO button to returnto the automatic mode.

• When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on.

Remote Engine Start withIntelligent Climate Control (if soequipped)Vehicles equipped with automatic climatecontrols and Remote Engine Start functionmay go into automatic heating or coolingmode when Remote Engine Start is activateddepending on outside and cabin tempera-tures. During this period, the climate controldisplay and buttons will be inoperable untilthe ignition switch is turned on. In RemoteEngine Start defrosting mode, the rear win-dow defroster and heated seats (if soequipped) may be activated automatically.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed controlTurn the fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right.

Air recirculationPress the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.

A/C (air conditioner) buttonStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Air flow controlPress the MODE button to manually controlair flow and select the air outlet.

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.— Air flows from defroster and foot

outlets.

To turn system offTo turn off the heater and air conditioner,press the ON-OFF button. Press the ON-OFF button again, the system will turn on inthe mode which was used immediatelybefore the system was turned off.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, see “Rear win-dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” (P. 2-40).

Heated seat switches (if soequipped)For additional information, see “Heatedseat switches” (P. 2-49).

OPERATING TIPSThe sunload sensor, located on the driver’sside of the instrument panel, as shown,helps the system maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on oraround this sensor.• When the engine coolant temperature

and outside air temperature are low, theair flow from the foot outlets may notoperate for a maximum of 150 seconds.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, airflow from the foot outlets will operatenormally.

LHA4125

• If you feel that the air flow mode you haveselected and the outlets the air is comingout do not match, select the mode.

• When you change the air flow mode, youmay feel air flow from the foot outlets forjust a moment. This is not a malfunction.

The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm theearth's ozone layer.Special charging equipment and lubricantis required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage toyour air conditioner system. For additionalinformation, see “Air conditioner system re-frigerant and oil recommendations”(P. 10-8).It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer to service your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with properequipment.

RADIOWhen the ignition is placed in the AUTOACC or ON position, press the PUSH

(power) button to turn the radio on. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, the ignition should be placed inthe AUTO ACC position.Radio reception is affected by station sig-nal strength, distance from radio transmit-ter, buildings, bridges, mountains and otherexternal influences. Intermittent changesin reception quality normally are caused bythese external influences.Using a cellular phone in or near the vehiclemay influence radio reception quality.

Radio receptionYour NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to en-hance radio reception. These circuits aredesigned to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.However, there are some general charac-teristics of both FM and AM radio signalsthat can affect radio reception quality in amoving vehicle, even when the finestequipment is used. These characteristicsare completely normal in a given receptionarea and do not indicate any malfunctionin your NISSAN radio system.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM

Reception conditions will constantlychange because of vehicle movement.Buildings, terrain, signal distance and inter-ference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 –30 mi (40 – 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more rangethan stereo FM. External influences maysometimes interfere with FM station re-ception even if the FM station is within 25mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal isdirectly related to the distance betweenthe transmitter and receiver. FM signals fol-low a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many ofthe same characteristics as light. For ex-ample, they will reflect off objects.Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position (usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter), static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by adjusting the treblecontrol to reduce treble response.Multipath reception: Because of the reflec-tive characteristics of FM signals, direct andreflected signals reach the receiver at thesame time. The signals may cancel eachother, resulting in momentary flutter or lossof sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip alongthe ground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent backto earth. Because of these characteristics,AM signals are also subject to interferenceas they travel from transmitter to receiver.Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areaswith many tall buildings. It can also occurfor several seconds during ionospheric tur-bulence even in areas where no obstaclesexist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

MP3 or WMA terms• MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures

Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well-known compressed digital au-dio file format. This format allows for near“CD quality” sound, but at a fraction of thesize of normal audio files. MP3 conversionof an audio track from CD-ROM can re-duce the file size by approximately a 10:1ratio with virtually no perceptible loss inquality. MP3 compression removes theredundant and irrelevant parts of asound signal that the human ear doesn’thear.

• WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is acompressed audio format created by Mi-crosoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compressionthan the MP3 codec, enabling storage ofmore digital audio tracks in the sameamount of space when compared toMP3s at the same level of quality.

• Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital musicfile. The size and quality of a compresseddigital audio file is determined by the bitrate used when encoding the file.

• Sampling frequency — Sampling fre-quency is the rate at which the samplesof a signal are converted from analog todigital (A/D conversion) per second.

• Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writ-ing data once to the media is called asingle session, and writing more thanonce is called a multisession.

• ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digitalmusic file such as song title, artist, encod-ing bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3tag information is displayed on the Artist/song title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are reg-istered trademarks and trademarks in theUnited States of America and other coun-tries of Microsoft Corporation of the USA.

USB (Universal Serial Bus)connection port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operatethe USB device while driving. Doing socan be a distraction. If distracted youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

• Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the portmay damage the port. Make surethat the USB device is connected cor-rectly into the USB port.

• Do not grab the USB port cover (if soequipped) when pulling the USB de-vice out of the port. This could dam-age the port and the cover.

• Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintention-ally. Pulling the cable may damagethe port.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB de-vice. USB devices should be purchasedseparately as necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USBdevices. To format a USB device, use a per-sonal computer.In some jurisdictions, the USB device for thefront seats plays only sound without im-ages for regulatory reasons, even when thevehicle is parked.This system supports various USBmemory devices, USB hard drives andiPod® players. Some USB devices may notbe supported by this system.• Partitioned USB devices may not play

correctly.• Some characters used in other lan-

guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may notappear properly in the display. Using Eng-lish language characters with a USB de-vice is recommended.

General notes for USB use• For additional information, refer to your

device manufacturer's owner informa-tion regarding the proper use and care ofthe device.

Notes for iPod® useiPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.• Improperly plugging in the iPod® may

cause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make sure thatthe iPod® is connected properly.

• An iPod® nano (1st Generation) may re-main in fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. Inthis case, please manually reset theiPod®.

• An iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it is dis-connected during a seek operation.

• An incorrect song title may appear whenthe Play Mode is changed while using aniPod® nano (2nd Generation).

• Audiobooks may not play in the sameorder as they appear on an iPod®.

• Large video files cause slow responses inan iPod®. The vehicle center display maymomentarily black out, but will soonrecover.

• If an iPod® automatically selects largevideo files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle center display may momentarilyblack out, but will soon recover.

iPod®* player• Some characters used in other lan-

guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are notdisplayed properly on the vehicle centerscreen. We recommend using English orSpanish language characters with aniPod®.

• Large video podcast files cause slow re-sponses in the iPod®. The vehicle centerdisplay may momentarily black out, but itwill soon recover.

• If the iPod® automatically selects largevideo podcast files while in the shufflemode, the vehicle center display maymomentarily black out, but it will soonrecover.

• Improperly plugging in the iPod® maycause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make sure thatthe iPod® is connected properly.

• The iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is dis-connected during a seek operation.

• An incorrect song title may appear whenthe Play Mode is changed while using theiPod® nano (2nd Generation).

• Audiobooks may not play in the sameorder as they appear on the iPod®.

• The iPod® nano (1st Generation) may re-main in fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. Inthis case, please manually reset theiPod®.

• If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generationwith Dock connector), do not use verylong names for the song title, albumname or artist name to prevent the iPod®from resetting itself.

• Be careful not to do the following, or thecable could be damaged and a loss offunction may occur:– Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40

mm) radius maximum).– Twist the cable excessively (more than

180 degrees).– Pull or drop the cable.– Do not force the iPod® cable connector

into the device port.– Close the center console lid on the

cable or connectors.– Store objects with sharp edges in the

storage where the cable is stored.– Spill liquids on the cable and

connectors.• Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if

the cable and/or connectors are wet. Itmay damage the iPod®.

• If the cable and connectors are exposedto water, allow the cable and/or connec-tors to dry completely before connectingthe cable to the iPod® (wait 24 hours for itto dry).

• If the connector is exposed to fluids otherthan water, evaporative residue maycause a short between the connectorpins. In this case, replace the cable, other-wise damage to the iPod® and a loss offunction may occur.

• If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination suchas liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connec-tors), do not use the cable. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer toreplace the cable with a new one.

• When not in use for extended periods oftime, store the cable in a clean, dust freeenvironment at room temperature andwithout direct sun exposure.

• Do not use the cable for any other pur-poses other than its intended use in thevehicle.

*iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.

Bluetooth® streaming audio• Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not

be recognized by the in-vehicle audiosystem.

• It is necessary to set up the wireless con-nection between a compatibleBluetooth® audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module before usingthe Bluetooth® audio.

• Operating procedure of the Bluetooth®audio will vary depending on the devices.Make sure how to operate your audio de-vice before using it with this system.

• The Bluetooth® audio may be stoppedunder the following conditions:– Receiving a call on the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.– Checking the connection to the

hands-free phone.• Do not place the Bluetooth® audio device

in an area surrounded by metal or faraway from the in-vehicle Bluetooth®module to prevent tone quality degrada-tion and wireless connection disruption.

• While an audio device is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the device maydischarge quicker than usual.

• This system supports the Bluetooth® Au-dio Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).

FM/AM RADIOFor additional information, see “Audio op-eration precautions” (P. 4-28).1. MENU button

2. Display screen

3. SEEK button

4. TRACK button

5. BACK button

6. PUSH SOUND button / TUNE• SCROLLknob

7. VOL (volume) knob/PUSH (power)button

8. AUDIO button

Audio main operationVOL (volume) knob / PUSH

(power) buttonPlace the ignition switch in the AUTO ACCor ON position and press the PUSH

(power) button while the system is offto call up the mode (radio, AUX, Bluetooth®audio, USB or iPod®) that was playing im-mediately before the system was turnedoff.To turn the system off, press the PUSH

(power) button.Turn the VOL (volume) control knob to ad-just the volume.This vehicle may be equipped with SpeedSensitive Volume. When this feature is ac-tive, the audio volume changes as the driv-ing speed changes.

LHA4704

MENU buttonPress the MENU button to show theMenu screen. Touch the “Settings” key onthe display, then touch the “Sound” key.

SoundBass Adjusts the bass to the desired level.Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level.Balance Adjusts the balance to the desired level. Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right

speakers.Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level. Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear

speakers.Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function, which increases the volume of the audio system as

the speed of the vehicle increases. Set to “OFF” to disable the feature. The higher the setting, themore the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed.

Bass, treble, balance, fade and Speed Sensitive Volume can be adjusted by touching ”-”/”+”, “L”/”R”, or “R”/”F” keys.

BACK buttonPress the BACK button to return to theprevious menu screen.

AUDIO buttonPress to display the audio screen. Whenthis button is pressed while the audioscreen is not displayed, the last audiosource played will play.

AM/FM radio screen1. “AM Menu” / “FM Menu” key

Touch to display the radio menu screen.

2. “Direct Tune” (if so equipped)Touch to manually enter a station.

3. Audio source indicatorIndicates the currently selected audiosource.

4. Reception information displayReception information currently avail-able such as frequency, station name,etc. is displayed.

5. Preset listTo listen to a preset station, touch thecorresponding station from the presetlist. If displayed, touch the “ <” or “ >” keysto scroll the preset list.

AM radio operationPress the MENU button and touch the“AM” key or press the AUDIO button andselect AM on the bottom of the Launch Barto bring up the AM display screen.If another audio source is playing when the“AM” key is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will begin playing.AM MenuTouch the “AM Menu” key to display the AMMenu screen options:• SCAN: To scan the stations, touch the “AM

Menu” key on the radio screen and thentouch the “SCAN” key. The stations will beturned from low to high frequencies andstop at each broadcasting station forseveral seconds. Touching the “SCAN” keyagain during this period of several sec-onds will stop tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station.

• Refresh: Touch the “Refresh” key to up-date the station list displayed on the rightside of the AM Menu screen.

(SEEK/TRACK) buttonsPress the or buttons to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcastingstation.Direct TuneTouch the “Direct Tune” key to display theDirect Tune menu and manually enter astation.1 to 6 station memory operationsUp to six stations can be registered in thepreset list.1. Select the AM radio band.

2. Tune to the station you wish to store.

3. Touch and hold one of the preset num-bers in the preset list.

The information such as frequency will bedisplayed on the preset list.To select and listen to the preset stations,press or on the steering wheelbriefly or touch a preferred station on thepreset list on the radio screen.

LHA4708

FM radio operationPress the MENU button and touch the“FM” key or press the AUDIO button andselect FM on the bottom of the Launch Barto bring up the FM display screen.If another audio source is playing when the“FM” key is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will begin playing.The FM stereo indicator (STEREO) is shownon the screen during FM stereo reception.When the stereo broadcast signal is weak,the radio automatically changes from ste-reo to monaural reception.FM MenuTouch the “FM Menu” key to display the FMMenu screen options:• SCAN: To scan the stations, touch the “FM

Menu” key on the radio screen and thentouch the “SCAN” key. The stations will betuned from low to high frequencies andstop at each broadcasting stations forseveral seconds. Touching the “SCAN” keyagain during this period of several sec-onds will stop tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station.

• Refresh: Touch the “Refresh” key to up-date the station list displayed on the rightside of the FM Menu screen.

• RDS Info: Radio station and song informa-tion can be displayed on the FM displayscreen.

(SEEK/TRACK) buttonsPress the or buttons to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcastingstation.1 to 12 station memory operationsUp to 12 stations can be registered in thepreset list.1. Select the FM radio band.

2. Tune to the station you wish to store.

3. Touch and hold one of the preset num-bers in the preset list.

The information such as frequency will bedisplayed on the preset list.To select and listen to the preset stations,press or on the steering wheelbriefly or touch a preferred station on thepreset list on the radio screen.

Auxiliary (AUX) devices operationConnecting auxiliary devicesConnect an AUX device into the AUX inputjack located on the center console belowthe heater and air conditioner controls.The AUX input jack accepts any standardanalog audio input such as from a portablecassette player, CD player, MP3 player orphone.Insert a 1/8 in (3.5 mm) stereo mini plug inthe audio input jack. If a cable with a monoplug is used, the audio output may notfunction normally.Activation and playingTurn on the AUX device. Connect an AUXcable to the AUX device and the AUX inputjack. Select AUX mode from the audiosource menu screen or by pressing theSource button on the steering wheel.

AUX screen• Audio source indicator

Indicates that the AUX source is currentlyplaying.

• “Volume Setting” keysTouch one of the keys to select the soundoutput gain from Low, Medium and High.

• AUX from Launch BarTouch to change from another source toAUX.

Additional featuresFor additional information, see “iPod®player operation” (P. 4-39) regarding theiPod® player available with this system.For additional information, see “USB (Uni-versal Serial Bus) connection port” (P. 4-36)regarding the USB connection port avail-able with this system.For additional information, see “Bluetooth®streaming audio” (P. 4-42) about theBluetooth® audio interface available withthis system.

Microsoft (WMA) Obligation ofLabelingAdditional Obligation of LabelingThis product is protected by certain intel-lectual property rights of MicrosoftCorporation and third parties. Use or distri-bution of such technology outside of thisproduct is prohibited without a licensefrom Microsoft or an authorized Microsoftsubsidiary and third parties.

USB (Universal Serial Bus)CONNECTION PORT

Connecting a device to the USBconnection port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect, or operatethe USB device while driving. Doing socan be a distraction. If distracted youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious injury.

LHA4709 LHA4701

CAUTION

• To avoid damage and loss of functionwhen using a USB device, note thefollowing precautions.

• Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintentionally.Pulling the cable may damage the port.

For additional information, refer to your de-vice manufacturer's owner information re-garding the proper use and care of the device.The USB port is located on the center con-sole beneath the heater and air condi-tioner controls. Insert the USB device intothe connection port.When a compatible storage device isplugged into the connection port, compat-ible audio files on the storage device can beplayed through the vehicle's audio system.

USB connections screenPress the MENU button and touch the“Connections” key or touch the “Settings”key and touch the “Connections” key tochange USB settings.• Auto Change Source

Touch “ON” or “OFF” to change the audiosource settings for USB memory devicesor an iPod® connected through a USBcable.

USB screen1. “USB Menu” key

Touch to switch to the USB Menu screen.

2. Track informationTrack information such as the songname, artist name and album name aredisplayed.

4. USB operation keysTouch to control USB playbackfunctions

LHA4711 LHA4710

5. Play time and progress barThe play time of the track is displayed.The bar indicates the progress in playinga track.

USB operation keysTouch to control USB playback functions.

Keys DescriptionEach time “ ” key istouched, the repeat modechanges.Touch to return to the begin-ning of the current track.Touch again to select theprevious track. Touch andhold to rewind the currenttrack.Touch to play the track.Touch to pause the track.Touch to select the nexttrack. Touch and hold tofast-forward the track.Each time “ ” key istouched, the random modechanges.

USB memory device playeroperationActivation and playingConnecting the USB memory device intothe port will start playing the USB memory.USB memory device can also be played bytouching the “USB” key on the Menu screenor by touching USB on the Launch Bar.To pause playing the USB memory devicetouch the “ ” key. To resume playing,touch the “ ” key.Skipping tracksTo skip the tracks, press the orbuttons on the control panel or touch the “

” or “ ” keys on the screen repeat-edly until the preferred track is selected.

Depending on the condition, skipping tothe previous track may require pressingthe button or touching the key twice.Pressing the button or touching the keyonce may only restart the current trackfrom the beginning.

Fast-forwarding/rewindingTo rewind or fast-forward the track, pressand hold the or buttons on thecontrol panel or touch and hold the “ ”or “ ” keys on the screen.Changing play modeRepeat modeTouch the “ ” key on the USB screen tochange the repeat mode.The following modes are available:All: Repeat all1 Folder: Repeat folder/sub-folder1 Track: Repeat trackRandom modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the random mode as follows:No text displayed: Random offAll: Repeat all1 Folder: Repeat folder/sub-folder

USB menuTouch the “USB Menu” key on the USBscreen to display the USB Menu screen.

“Now Playing” key Touch to display the USBscreen.

“Folder List” key Touch to display the folder list.Touch an item on the list toselect the folder. The sub-folder or track list will be dis-played. Select a sub-folder ortrack from the list.

“Album Artwork” Touch to run on/off the albumartwork display on the USBscreen.

iPod®* PLAYER OPERATIONConnecting iPod®

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect, or operatethe USB device while driving. Doing socan be a distraction. If distracted youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

• Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintention-ally. Pulling the cable may damagethe port.

For additional information, refer to your de-vice manufacturer’s owner information re-garding the proper use and care of thedevice.

LHA4701

To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so thatthe iPod® can be controlled with the audiosystem controls and display screen, usethe USB connection port located on thecenter console below the heater and airconditioner controls. Connect the iPod®-specific end of the cable to the iPod® andthe USB end of the cable to the USB con-nection port on the vehicle. If your iPod®supports charging via a USB connection, itsbattery will be charged while connected tothe vehicle with the ignition switch in theON position.While connected to the vehicle, the iPod®can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle,remove the USB end of the cable from theUSB connection port on the vehicle, thenremove the cable from the iPod®.* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityThe following models are compatible:• iPod® Classic 5th generation (firmware

version 1.3.0 or later)• iPod® Classic 6th generation (firmware

version 2.0.1 or later)• iPod® Classic 7th generation (firmware

version 2.0.4 or later)• iPod® Touch 2nd generation (firmware

version 4.2.1 or later)*• iPod® Touch 3rd generation (firmware

version 5.1 or later)• iPod® Touch 4th generation (firmware

version 5.1 or later)• iPod® nano - 1st generation (firmware

version 1.3.1 or later)• iPod® nano - 2nd generation (firmware

version 1.1.3 or later)• iPod® nano - 3rd generation (firmware

version 1.1.3 or later)• iPod® nano - 4th generation (firmware

version 1.0.4 or later)

• iPod® nano - 5th generation (firmwareversion 1.0.2 or later)

• iPod® nano - 6th generation (firmwareversion 1.1 or later)

• iPhone® 3G (firmware version 4.2.1 or later)• iPhone® 3GS (firmware version 5.1 or later)• iPhone® 4 (firmware version 5.1 or later)• iPhone® 4S (firmware version 5.1 or later)* Some features of this iPod® may not befully functional.Make sure that your iPod® firmware is up-dated to the version indicated above.

iPod screen1. “iPod Menu” key

Touch to switch to the iPod Menu screen.

4. Album artworkAn image of the album artwork is displayedwhen available if the setting is turned on.

5. iPod® operation keysTouch to control iPod® playbackfunctions

iPod® operation keysTouch to control iPod® playback functions.

iPod® memory device playeroperationActivation and playingConnecting the iPod® to the vehicle via USBcable will activate the iPod® mode.The iPod® can also be played by touchingthe “iPod” key on the Menu screen or bytouching iPod on the Launch Bar.Skipping tracksTo skip the tracks, press the orbuttons on the control panel or touch the “

” or “ ” keys on the screen repeat-edly until the preferred track is selected.

Depending on the condition, skipping tothe previous track may require pressingthe button or touching the key twice.Pressing the button or touching the keyonce may only restart the current trackfrom the beginning.Fast-forwarding/rewindingTo rewind or fast-forward the track, pressand hold the or buttons on thecontrol panel or touch and hold the “ ”or “ ” keys on the screen,

LHA4724

Changing play modeRepeat modeTouch the “ ” key on the iPod® screento change the repeat mode. The followingmodes are available.No text displayed: Repeat offAll: Repeat allOne: Repeat trackRandom modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the random mode as follows.“ ” is not highlighted: Random off“ ” highlighted: Random on

iPod® MenuTouch the “iPod Menu” key on the iPod®screen to display the iPod® Menu screen.

“Now Playing” key Touch to display the USBscreen.

“Folder List” key (ifso equipped)

Touch to display the folder list.Touch an item on the list toselect the folder. The sub-folder or track list will be dis-played. Select a sub-folder ortrack from the list.

“Album Artwork”key

Touch to run on/off the albumartwork display on the USBscreen.

“Playlists” key Touch to display the list ac-cording to the selected item.“Artists” key

“Albums” key“Songs” key“Podcasts” key“Genres” key“Composers” key“Audiobooks” key“iTunes Radio”key

BLUETOOTH® STREAMING AUDIOIf you have a compatible Bluetooth® audiodevice that is capable of playing audio files,the device can be connected to the vehi-cle's audio system so that the audio files onthe device play through the vehicle'sspeakers. For additional information, see“FM/AM radio” (P. 4-32).

For additional information regardingBluetooth® Streaming Audio, refer to thecellular phone owner’s manual.

Connecting procedure

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be canceled.To connect a phone to the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System:Manual Connecting Procedure1. Press the MENU button on the con-

trol panel.

2. Touch the “Connections” key on thescreen.

3. In the Bluetooth tab, touch the “Add New”key to connect a phone.

4. When a compatible phone is found amessage with a PIN appears on thescreen.

5. Verify the PIN is correct and accept theconnection.

6. To access the Bluetooth® settings menutouch the “ ” key on the Connectionsscreen. The following options areavailable:

Menu Item ResultBluetooth Allows user to switch Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth® must be turned on in order to connect a device.

ON Turns Bluetooth® functionality on. To turn off, touch the “ON” key again. The indicator light will go off.Favorite (Connection first) Allows user to toggle “Phone” and “Audio” favorite settings on and off.PIN Allows user to customize the PIN to a four digit number.

Automatic Connecting ProcedureIf no phone is connected to the system,press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.After the prompt, speak “Add Phone”, thesystem will announce “transferring to theadd phone settings menu”. The system will

start the pairing procedure. When a com-patible phone is found, a message with aPIN appears on the screen. Operate theBluetooth® phone to complete the con-nection process. For additional informa-tion, see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-63).

LHA4726

Bluetooth® screen1. “BT Menu” key

Depending on the Bluetooth® versionsupported by the connected device, ei-ther the “BT Menu” key or “Connections”key is displayed.

4. Bluetooth® audio operation keysTouch to control Bluetooth® audio play-back functions

Bluetooth® operation keysTouch to control Bluetooth® playbackfunctions.

Bluetooth® audio operationThe ability to pause, change tracks, fastforward, rewind, randomize and repeatmusic may be different between devices.Some or all of these functions may not besupported on each device.

Depending on the Bluetooth® audio de-vice that is connected, it may not be pos-sible to perform audio operations or adelay may occur before music is playedback.Activation and playingA Bluetooth® audio device can be played bytouching the “Bluetooth” key on the Menuscreen or by touching Bluetooth on theLaunch Bar.To pause playing the Bluetooth® audio,touch the “ ” key. Touch the “ ” keyto resume playing.Changing foldersTo change folders, touch the “BT Menu” key.

LHA4727

Fast-forwarding/rewindingTo fast-forward or rewind the track, pressand hold the or buttons on thecontrol panel or touch the “ ” or “ ”keys on the screen.Changing play modeRepeat modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the repeat mode.Random modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the random mode.

Available repeat/random modes changedepending on the connected device.

BT MenuTouch the “BT Menu” key on the Bluetooth®audio screen to display the Bluetooth® au-dio menu screen.The following items are available.

“Now Playing” key Touch to display theBluetooth® audio screen.

“Current List” key (if soequipped)*

A list of track in the cur-rently selected folder isdisplayed.

“Connections” key Touch to display the con-nections screen.

“Folder List” key* Touch to display thefolder list. Touch an itemon the list to select thefolder.

*: displayed only when available.

Depending on the connected device, the“BT Menu” key may not be displayed.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL1. SEEK/TRACK buttons

2. SOURCE switch

3. Volume control switch

LHA4227

SOURCE switchPush the SOURCE switch to change themode in the following sequence:AM → FM→ USB/iPod®*→ Bluetooth® Au-dio* → AUX* → AM.* These modes are only available whencompatible media storage is inserted intothe device or connected to the system.

Volume control switchPush the volume control switch to increaseor decrease the volume.

SEEK/TRACK buttons

AM and FM• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

increase or decrease the preset stationand show a list of the preset stations.

• Press or hold for more than 1.5 seconds toseek up or down to the next station.

iPod®• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

increase or decrease the track number.• Press or hold for more than 1.5 seconds to

reverse or fast forward the track beingplayed.

Bluetooth® Streaming Audio• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

skip ahead or back to the next song.USB• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

increase or decrease the track number.• Press or hold for more than 1.5 seconds to

reverse or fast forward the track beingplayed.

The rod antenna cannot be shortened, butcan be removed. When you need to removethe antenna, turn the antenna rod counter-clockwise OB .To install the antenna rod, turn the antennarod clockwise OA and hand tighten.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove the an-tenna under the following conditions.• The vehicle enters an automatic car

LHA4236

ANTENNA (Type A) (if so equipped)

• The vehicle enters a garage with alow ceiling.

• The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

• Always properly tighten the antennarod during installation or the an-tenna rod may break during vehicleoperation.

The vehicle is equipped with a shark finantenna.

Apple Siri® Eyes Free personal assistantcan be accessed from the vehicle. Siri EyesFree can be accessed in Siri Eyes Freemode to reduce user distraction. In thismode, Siri Eyes Free is available for interac-tion by voice control. After connecting acompatible Apple device by usingBluetooth®, Siri Eyes Free can be activatedfrom the button on the steeringwheel.Siri® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registeredin the U.S. and other countries.• Some Siri Eyes Free functions, such as

displaying pictures or opening apps, maynot be available while driving.

• For getting best results, always updateyour device to the latest software version.

• Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatethe surrounding noises (traffic noises, vi-bration sounds, etc.), which may preventthe system from recognizing the voicecommands correctly.

• For functions that can be used in Siri EyesFree, please refer to the Apple website.

ANTENNA (Type B) (if so equipped) SIRI® EYES FREE

REQUIREMENTSSiri® is only available on the iPhone® 4S orlater. Devices released before iPhone® 4Sare not supported by the Siri® Eyes Freesystem. Visit www.apple.com/ios/siri fordetails about device compatibility.Siri must be enabled on the phone. Pleasecheck phone settings.If the device has a lock screen, Siri must beaccessible from the lock screen. Pleasecheck phone settings.For best results, always update your deviceto the latest software version.

OPERATING SIRI® EYES FREE1. Press button for less than 1.5

seconds.

2. Speak your command and then listen tothe Siri® Eyes Free reply.

After starting Siri Eyes Free, press thebutton again within 5 seconds of the end ofthe Siri Eyes Free announcement to extendthe session.Example 1 – Playing music1. Press button for less than 1.5

seconds.

2. Say “Play (artist name, song name, etc.)”.

3. Your vehicle will automatically change toBluetooth® Audio or iPod® mode* whenthe music starts playing. Mode selectionis determined by the phone.

* If the iPhone® is also connected with theUSB cable.If the audio track does not start playingautomatically after Siri Eyes Free ends, trychanging the track or audio source to re-sume playback.

NOTE:For best results, use the native musicapp. Performance of music control func-tion while using Podcasts, Audiobook orother 3rd party music apps may vary andis controlled by the iPhone®.Example 2 – Replying to text messages1. If a compatible iPhone® is connected and

“Show Notifications” of the iPhone® settingsis enabled, the vehicle will display a notifica-tion for new incoming text messages.

2. After reading the message, press orpress and hold the button to replyusing Siri Eyes Free.

3. After a beep sounds, say “Text message”or a similar command to reply using SiriEyes Free.

LHA4733

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDESymptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot access Siri EyesFree from switch on thesteering wheel

Check if a Bluetooth® connection is established between the iPhone® and the system.Check if Siri is enabled on the device. On your phone, go to Siri setting.Check that Siri can be accessed from the device lock screen. This can be set in the settings menu of your phone.

Audio Source does notchange automatically toiPod® or Bluetooth® Au-dio mode

For best results, use the native Music app. Performance of music control function while using Podcasts, Audiobook or other 3rd partymusic apps may vary.For best results, play media already stored on your device. Streaming music or playback from cloud storage may degrade perfor-mance.Switch the source manually by pressing the AUX or MEDIA button on the vehicle audio system or the SOURCE select switch on thesteering wheel.

Play, pause, next track,previous track or playtimer does not work

For best results, use the native Music app. Performance of music control function while using Podcasts, Audiobook or other 3rd partymusic apps may vary and is controlled by the device.

Cannot hear any music/audio being played backfrom a connectediPhone®

Check that the audio source is set to Bluetooth® Audio or iPod® mode. A USB connection is required for iPod® mode.

Cannot receive text mes-sage notifications on thevehicle audio system

Check if “Send Notifications” is enabled on your phone. On the phone, go to Bluetooth® settings. Find the device name, like “My Car”.Press the INFO button. Turn on “Show Notifications”.

Cannot reply to text mes-sage notifications by SiriEyes Free

After receiving an incoming text message, follow on-screen guidance. Press the button for 1.5 seconds on the steering wheel forSiri Eyes Free. After Siri Eyes Free starts, say “Text Message”.

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your vehicle, be sure to observethe following precautions; otherwise, thenew equipment may adversely affect theengine control system and other electronicparts.

WARNING

• A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicle op-eration. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

• If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme caution atall times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

• If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talk-ing on the phone, pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

• Keep the antenna as far away as pos-sible from the electronic controlmodules.

• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harnesses. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

• Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

• Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

• For additional information, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING

• Use a phone after stopping your ve-hicle in a safe location. If you have touse a phone while driving, exerciseextreme caution at all times so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation.

• If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talk-ing on the phone, pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

To avoid discharging the vehicle bat-tery, use a phone after starting theengine.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM

Your NISSAN is equipped with theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. Ifyou have a compatible Bluetooth® enabledcellular phone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. WithBluetooth® wireless technology, you can

make or receive a hands-free telephonecall with your cellular phone in the vehicle.Once your cellular phone is connected tothe in-vehicle phone module, no otherphone connecting procedure is required.Your phone is automatically connectedwith the in-vehicle phone module when

the ignition switch is placed in the AUTOACC or ON position with the previously con-nected cellular phone turned on and car-ried in the vehicle.

Some devices require the user to acceptconnections to other Bluetooth® de-vices. If your phone does not connect au-tomatically to the system, consult thephone's owner's manual for details ondevice operation.You can connect up to six differentBluetooth® cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. However, you cantalk on only one cellular phone at a time.Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.• Set up the wireless connection between

a compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using thehands-free phone system.

• Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized or work properly.Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetoothfor a recommended phone list and con-necting instructions.

LHA5307

• You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-vice area.Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficultto receive a cellular signal; such as in atunnel, in an underground parking garage,near a tall building or in a mountainousarea.Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.• When the radio wave condition is not

ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it maybe difficult to hear the other person'svoice during a call.

• Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away fromthe in-vehicle phone module to preventtone quality degradation and wirelessconnection disruption.

• While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the cellularphone may discharge quicker than usual.The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem cannot charge cellular phones.

• Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzing noiseto come from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

• For additional information, refer to thecellular phone owner's manual regardingthe telephone charges, cellular phoneantenna and body, etc.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONFCC Regulatory information– CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized an-tenna, modification, or attachmentscould damage the transmitter and mayviolate FCC regulations.

– Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1.1) This device may not cause interfer-

ence and2.2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

IC Regulatory information– Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

– This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing EquipmentRegulations.

USING THE SYSTEMThe system allows hands-free operation ofthe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.If the vehicle is in motion, some commandsmay not be available so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initial-ized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pressed before the initializationcompletes, the system will announce“There is no phone connected” and will notreact to voice commands.

Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of theNISSAN Voice Recognition System, observethe following:• Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as

possible. Keep all vents pointed awayfrom the microphone and close the win-dows to eliminate surrounding noises(traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system from rec-ognizing voice commands correctly.

• Wait until the tone sounds before speak-ing a command. Otherwise, the com-mand will not be received properly.

• Start speaking a command within 5 sec-onds after the tone sounds.

• Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

• For calling contacts by name, please sayboth the first and last name of the con-tact for better recognition.

Giving voice commandsTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition,press the button located on the steer-ing wheel for less than 1.5 seconds. Afterthe tone sounds, speak a command.The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is givenwhen the command is accepted.• If a command is not recognized, the sys-

tem announces, “Please say or select acommand from the displayed list.” Makesure the command is said exactly asprompted by the system and repeat thecommand in a clear voice.

• If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or “Cor-rection” any time the system is waiting fora response.

• You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by say-ing, “Cancel” or “Quit.” The system an-nounces “Exit” and ends the Voice Recog-nition session. You can also press andhold the button on the steeringwheel for 1.5 seconds at any time to endthe Voice Recognition session. Wheneverthe Voice Recognition session is can-celed, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.

• If you want to adjust the volume of thevoice feedback, push the (+ or -) volumecontrol switches on the steering wheelwhile being provided with feedback. Youcan also use the radio volume controlknob.

Voice Prompt InterruptIn most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypressing the button on the steeringwheel. After interrupting the system, waitfor a beep before speaking your command.One Shot Call (if so equipped)To use the system faster, you may speakthe second level commands with the mainmenu command on the main menu. Forexample, press the button and afterthe tone say, “Call Redial”.

INDICATORSWhen a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, indica-tors O1 for the phone and text messagingare displayed on the top of the screen.

Indicator DescriptionIndicates there are unread re-ceived messages.Indicates the Bluetooth® devicethat is currently connected.Indicates the strength of the signalthe Bluetooth® device is receiving.Indicates the amount of remainingBluetooth® device battery.

CONTROL BUTTONSThe control buttons for the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System are located onthe steering wheel.

VOICE COMMAND BUTTONPress and hold the buttonfor less than 1.5 seconds to initi-ate the Voice Recognition session.To exit the Voice Recognition ses-sion press and hold the forless than 1.5 seconds. For addi-tional information, see “Voiceprompt interrupt” (P. 4-53).

You can use the button tointerrupt the system feedbackand give a command at once.

If an iPhone® is connected, Siri®can be accessed by pressing the

button for more than twoseconds. For additional informa-tion, see “Siri® Eyes Free” (P. 4-47).

PHONE BUTTONTo answer an incoming call or toend a call press the button.

To reject a call press and hold thebutton.

LHA4723 LHA4684

CONNECTING PROCEDURE

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be canceled.To connect a phone to the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System:Manual Connecting Procedure1. Press the MENU button on the con-

trol panel.

2. Touch the “Connections” key on thescreen.

3. In the Bluetooth tab, touch the “Add New”key to connect a phone.

4. When a compatible phone is found amessage with a PIN appears on thescreen.

5. Verify the PIN is correct and accept theconnection.

6. To access the Bluetooth® settings menutouch the “ ” key on the Connectionsscreen. The following options areavailable:

Menu Item ResultBluetooth Allows user to switch Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth® must be turned on in order to connect a device.

ON Turns Bluetooth® functionality on. To turn off, touch the “ON” key again. The indicator light will go off.Favorite (Connection first) Allows user to toggle “Phone” and “Audio” favorite settings on and off.PIN Allows user to customize the PIN to a four digit number.

LHA4726

Some cellular phones may require you toaccept certain permissions in order toenable features on your Bluetooth® sys-tem. During the Bluetooth® pairing pro-cess, please check your cellular phone’sdisplay for a pop-up with the request togrant phonebook access.Granting phonebook access permissionwill allow your contacts to be down-loaded to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® sys-tem. A pop-up may display on your cellu-lar phone stating that the Bluetooth®system would like to access your con-tacts and call history. Please select “Al-low” or Yes” to grant this permission.Automatic Connecting ProcedureIf no phone is connected to the system,press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.After the prompt, speak “Add Phone”, thesystem will announce “transferring to theadd phone settings menu”. The system willstart the pairing procedure. When a com-patible phone is found, a message with aPIN appears on the screen. Operate theBluetooth® phone to complete the con-nection process. For additional informa-tion, see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-63).

VOICE COMMANDSVoice commands can be used to operatethe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.Press and hold the button for lessthan 1.5 seconds to bring up the phonecommand menu. The commands avail-able are:• Call <name>• Dial <number>• Recent Calls• Read/Send Text (if so equipped)• Siri® (if so equipped)• Voice Assistant (if so equipped)• Phonebook• Quick Dial• Redial• Select Phone• Add Phone• Call <name> Mobile• Call <name> Home• Call <name> Office• Call <name> Main• Call <name> Other• Settings

“Call <name>”Speak this command to make a call to acontact that is stored in the phonebook.Say “Call” followed by a phonebook name toinitiate a call. If the system does not recog-nize the name it will display a list of similarnames. After the prompt, speak or touchan item number from the displayed list toplace the call.

“Dial <number>”Speak this command to make a call with aspoken phone number. After the prompt,say “Dial” followed by a 7 to 10 digit phonenumber. The system will repeat the num-ber back. Say “Dial” to initiate the call or“Correction” to re-enter the phone number.

“Recent Calls”The following commands are available un-der “Recent Calls”:• Incoming Calls

Speak this command to list the last 20incoming calls to the vehicle. If the call isfrom an entry in the phonebook, thename will be displayed. Otherwise, thephone number of the incoming call willbe displayed.When prompted, speak or touch the itemnumber on the screen to place the call.Touch the “Next” key to move through thelist of incoming calls.

• Outgoing CallsSpeak this command to list the last 20outgoing calls from the vehicle. If the callwas to an entry in the phonebook, thename will be displayed. Otherwise, thephone number of the outgoing call will bedisplayed.When prompted, speak or touch the itemnumber on the screen to place the call.Touch the “Next” key to move through thelist of outgoing calls.

• Missed CallsSpeak this command to list the last 20missed calls to the vehicle. If the call isfrom an entry in the phonebook, thename will be displayed. Otherwise, thephone number of the missed call will bedisplayed.When prompted, speak or touch the itemnumber on the screen to place the call.Touch the “Next” key to move through thelist of missed calls.

“Read Text/Send Text” (if soequipped)Speak this command to access text mes-saging functions. For additional informa-tion, see “Text messaging” (P. 4-60).

“Phonebook through voicecommand”Speak “Phonebook” to view a list of quicksteps to access entries stored in thephonebook. Commands are organized bythe phone number type selected in the cel-lular device. For additional information, re-fer to the cellular phone’s owner’s manual.The following commands are available:• <Say a Contact Name>• <Say a Contact Name> Main

• <Say a Contact Name> Home• <Say a Contact Name> Mobile• <Say a Contact Name> Office• <Say a Contact Name> OtherFor additional information on manually se-lecting phonebook entries, see “Making acall” (P. 4-59).

“Quick dial”Speak this command to access the Quickdial menu. After the prompt, speak or se-lect an item number on the displayed list toplace the call. For additional information,see “Making a call” (P. 4-59).

“Redial”Speak this command to call the last num-ber dialed. After the prompt, say “Redial” todial the number of the last outgoing call.The system will display “Redialing <name/number>”. The name of the phonebook en-try will be displayed if it is available, other-wise the number being redialed will bedisplayed.

“Select Phone”Speak this command to access the Con-nections menu. For additional information,see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-63).

“Add Phone”Speak this command to access the Con-nections menu. For additional information,see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-63).

“Settings”Speak this command to access the Sys-tem Voice settings menu. The system willexit Voice Recognition mode. Touch one ofthe following options on the screen tochange the settings.• Beep Only for Opening Prompt

By touching the “ON” key, the indicatorlight will illuminate, the system voice willturn off and only a tone will sound whenthe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem is activated. To turn the system voiceback on, touch the “ON” key again, theindicator light will turn off.

• Best Match ListWhen the system doesn't recognize aphonebook name or dial number, it willprovide a list of similar sounding results.To turn this off, touch the “ON” key, theindicator light will turn off. To turn on,touch the “ON” key again, the indicatorlight will turn on.

PHONE DISPLAY SCREENThe Phone screen can be displayed bypressing the button on the controlpanel.The following options are displayed:• Quick Dial

Displays the Quick Dial screen. For addi-tional information, see “Quick dial” (P. 4-57).

• PhonebookDisplays the Phonebook screen. For addi-tional information, see “Making a call”(P. 4-59).

LHA4705

• Call HistoryDisplays the Call History screen. For addi-tional information, see “Making a call”(P. 4-59).

• Dial NumberDisplays the Dial Number screen. For ad-ditional information, see “Making a call”(P. 4-59).

• Text MessageDisplays the received message screen.For additional information, see “Text mes-saging” (P. 4-60).

• ConnectionsDisplays the Connections screen. For ad-ditional information, see “Bluetooth® con-nections screen” (P. 4-63).

• VolumeDisplays the volume adjustment screen.For additional information, see “Volume &beeps” (P. 4-66).

MAKING A CALLTo make a call press the button on thecontrol panel. Touch an option from menuscreen:• Phonebook

Select a person and the phone numberyou wish to call from the phonebook.Depending on the device, the phonebookwill be downloaded from the cellular phoneautomatically when it is connected. If theautomatic download does not take place,the phone number must be transferred tothe hands-free phone system from the cel-lular phone prior to using this method. Foradditional information, see “Phone and textmessage settings” (P. 4-64).

• Call HistorySelect a phonebook name or phonenumber from the recent incoming, out-going or missed calls tabs. Touch aphonebook name or phone numberlisted to initiate the call.

• Dial NumberEnter the phone number manually usingthe keypad displayed on the screen.Touch the “OK” key on the screen to initi-ate the call.

For additional options to make a call, see“Voice commands” (P. 4-56).

RECEIVING A CALLWhen a call is received by the phone con-nected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, the call information isdisplayed on the control panel display.Press the button on the steeringwheel or touch the “ Answer” key onthe screen to accept the call. To reject thecall touch the “ Decline” key on thescreen.If the user is not able to answer the callright away, touch the “Hold Call” key dis-played on the screen. A message will beplayed for the caller: “I’m not able to take acall right now.” The user may then acceptthe call when available or reject the call.To reject a call, press and hold thebutton on the steering wheel.

DURING A CALLWhile a call is active the following optionswill appear on the control panel display:• Mute

Touch this key to mute or unmute thesystem.

• Dial NumberTouch this key to dial digits during thephone call.

• Use HandsetTouch this key to transfer the call to thehandset. To transfer the call back fromthe handset to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, press the but-ton on the control panel then select the“Transfer Hands-free” key on the screen.

• Switch CallThis option will only be available when asecond call is active.

If supported by the phone, theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemallows for call waiting functionality. If acall is received while another call is al-ready active, a message will be displayedon the screen. Press the button onthe steering wheel or touch the “Answer” key on screen to accept the in-coming call. Touch the “ Decline” keyon the screen to reject the second call.

While a call is active, press the buttonon the steering wheel to access additionaloptions. Speak one of the followingcommands:• “Send Digits”

Speak this command followed by the dig-its to enter digits during the phone call.

• “Switch call”Speak this command to hold the secondcall and switch back to the original call.

ENDING A CALLTo end an active call, press the buttonon the steering wheel or touch the “Hang up” key on the screen.

TEXT MESSAGING (if so equipped)

WARNING

• Laws in some jurisdictions may re-strict the use of “Text-to-Speech”.Check local regulations before usingthis feature.

• Laws in some jurisdictions may re-strict the use of some of the applica-tions and features, such as socialnetworking and texting. Check localregulations for any requirements.

• Use the text messaging feature afterstopping your vehicle in a safe loca-tion. If you have to use the featurewhile driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

• If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while usingthe text messaging feature, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle.

This feature is automatically disabled ifthe connected device does not supportthe Message Access Profile (MAP). Foradditional information, refer to thephone’s owner’s manual for details andinstructions.

Many phones may require special per-mission to enable text messaging. Checkthe phone’s screen during Bluetooth®pairing. For some phones, you may needto enable ‘Notifications’ in the phone’sBluetooth® menu for text messages toappear on the headunit. For additionalinformation, refer to your phone’s own-er’s manual. Text message integrationrequires that the phone support MAP(Message Access Profile) for both receiv-ing and sending text messages. Somephones may not support all text mes-saging features. Please refer towww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth orwww.nissan.ca/bluetooth for compat-ibility information, as well as your de-vice’s owner’s manual.The system allows for the sending and re-ceiving of text messages through the ve-hicle interface.

The availability of the text message func-tion may vary depending on the cellularphone.When the cellular phone connected to thevehicle receives a text message, a notifica-tion will appear on the control panel dis-play. To check the message, touch the“Read” key. Touch the “Ignore” key to savethe message to be checked later.Access text messaging through the ve-hicles Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone orthrough the vehicles control panel.

Text messaging using Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System (if soequipped)Sending a text message (if so equipped)1. Press and hold the button on the

steering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.

2. Say “Send Text” after the tone.

3. The system will provide a list of availablecommands in order to determine therecipient of the text message. Choosefrom the following:

• Phonebook• Quick Dial• Incoming Calls

• Outgoing Calls• Missed Calls• Dial

4. Once a recipient is chosen, the systemprompts for which message to send.Nine predefined messages are avail-able. To choose one of the predefinedmessages, speak one of the followingafter the tone:

• “Driving, can't text”• “Call me”• “On my way”• “Running late”• “Okay”• “Yes”• “No”• “Where are you?”• “When?”Reading a received text message1. Press and hold the button on the

steering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.

2. Say “Read Text” after the tone.The display will show a list of 20 messageswith the sender and delivery time. Touchthe “Next” key on the screen to view all mes-sages. To view a text message press the

button on the steering wheel andspeak the number item list on the screen.The following options will be available:• Play

Speak this command to have the systemsay the message.

• ReplySpeak this command to send a text mes-sage response to the sender of the textmessage.

• CallSpeak this command to call the sender.

• PreviousSpeak this command to move to the pre-vious text message (if available).

• NextSpeak this command to move to the nexttext message (if available).

Siri® Eyes FreeIf a connected phone is equipped with Siri®,it can also be used to create custom mes-sages that are sent through the phone. Foradditional information, see “Siri® Eyes Free”(P. 4-47).

Text messages are only displayed if thevehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

For Apple iPhones®, text messages canonly be sent through Siri.

Text messaging using the controlpanelDisplay received message list1. Press the button on the control

panel.

2. Touch the “Text Message” key on thescreen

3. Touch an item on the list to read or replyto the message.

Up to 100 messages can be stored in themessage list.

Received message screenTouching the “Read” key on the incomingmessage notification screen or selecting amessage from the message list will showthe details of the received message on thedisplay.Available actions:• Prev.

Touch this key to read the previousmessage.

• NextTouch this key to read the next message.

• Play/StopTouch the “Play” key to have the hands-free phone system read out the receivedmessage. Touch the “Stop” key to stopreading.

• CallIf the sender of the message is registeredin the phonebook, touch the “Call” key tomake a call to the sender.

• ReplyA reply message can be selected fromthe predefined list.

Sending a text message (if so equipped)This function may not be supported de-pending on the cellular phone.1. Press the button on the control

panel.

2. Touch the “Text Message” key on thescreen.

3. Touch the “Create Message” key on thescreen.

The following items are available:

Available item ActionTo Enter Number by Keypad Enter the phone number of the recipient using the keypad. Touch the “OK” key to confirm.

Quick Dial Select a recipient from the quick dial list.Phonebook Select a recipient from the phonebook.Call History Select a recipient/phone number from call history.

Select Text Touch to display a list of predefined text messages.Send Touch to send the message.

BLUETOOTH® CONNECTIONSSCREEN1. “ ” (back) key2. Bluetooth tab3. Connections screen4. “Add New” key5. “ ” (settings) key6. “ ” (info) key7. “ ” (Bluetooth® Audio connection) key8. “ ” (Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone

System connection) key

Access the Connections screen to changesettings and view Bluetooth® information.To access the Connections screen pressthe MENU button on the control panel.Touch the “Connections” key on the screenthen select the Bluetooth tab.The paired phone will be added to the liston the Bluetooth® connections screen.Touching the name of another device onthe list will switch the connected device.

Connecting Bluetooth®For additional information on connecting acellular phone or device to the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System, see “Connect-ing procedure” (P. 4-55).

Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in a differ-ent location may reduce or eliminate thenoise.

“ ” (back) key

Touch the “ ” key to go back to theprevious screen.

Bluetooth tabThis tab will display up to six Bluetooth®devices. If six devices are already con-nected, one of the devices must be deletedbefore another device can be connected.

“Add New” keyTouch the “Add New” key on the screen toconnect a new Bluetooth® device. For ad-ditional information, see “Connecting pro-cedure” (P. 4-55).

“ ” (Bluetooth® settings) key

Touch the “ ” key on the screen todisplay a list of options.• Bluetooth

Touch this key to turn the Bluetooth®connection on or off

LHA4716

• Favorite (Connection first)Touch this key to change which devicewill be connected first when multiple de-vices are connected to the vehicle.Turn the “ ” key on or off to make thedevice a favorite connection.Turn the “ ” key on or off to make thedevice a favorite connection.

• PinTouch this key to customize the PIN code.Input a four digit number then touch the“OK” key. The new PIN will be set.

“ ” (info) key

Touch the “ ” key on the screen todisplay the information of the cellularphone or to delete the device.Touch the “Delete” key to remove a paireddevice then select “Yes” when a messageappears.

“ ” (Bluetooth® Audioconnection) keyA list of connected devices will be displayedon the screen. Touch the “ ” key next tothe name to connect a device toBluetooth® Audio. If the device is listed as afavorite, a star will appear on the icon.Touch the key again to disconnect the de-vice. The device will not be removed fromthe list. For additional information on re-moving a device, see “ ” (info) key(P. 4-64).

“ ” (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System connection) keyA list of connected devices will be displayedon the screen. Touch the “ ” key next tothe name to connect a device to theHands-Free Phone System. If the phone islisted as a favorite, a star will appear on theicon. Touch the key again to disconnect thedevice. The device will not be removedfrom the list. For additional information onremoving a device, see “ ” (info) key(P. 4-64).

PHONE AND TEXT MESSAGESETTINGSBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System set-tings can be changed according to the us-er’s preference. To access the “Phone” set-tings menu press the MENU button onthe control panel. Touch the “Settings” keythen touch the “Phone” key.

LHA4721

The following options are available:

Menu Item ResultQuick Dial Edit Entries in the Quick Dial can be edited. For additional information, see “Quick dial” (P. 4-57).

Delete All Deletes all of the stored phone numbers in quick dial.Phonebook Download Entire Phone-

bookAll the phone numbers that are stored in a phonebook in the cellular phone that is connected to the vehicle aredownloaded at once. For additional information, refer to the cellular phone’s owner’s manual.

Auto Downloaded Turns on/off automatic downloading of the phonebook when a new phone is connected.Text Message Text Message Turns the text messaging function on/off.

Text Message Ringtone Turn the incoming message sound on/off.Signature Turns the signature setting for the outgoing text message on/off.Auto Reply Turns the automatic text message reply function on/off.Auto Reply Text Message Select the text message to be used for the automatic reply. Choose from a list of predefined messages.

Notifications Driver Only When this item is turned on, incoming call notification is displayed only on the handset.Vehicle Ringtone Turns the vehicle ringtone on/off.

Automatic Hold When this item turns on, an incoming call will be put on hold automatically.

Volume & beepsThere are several methods to customizethe volume settings.Volume & BeepsThe Volume & Beeps screen can be foundby pressing the MENU button on thecontrol panel, touching the “Settings” keyon the screen and selecting “Volume &Beeps”. To adjust the volume of the follow-ing options, touch the “-” and “+” keys on thescreen.The available settings are:• Ringtone

Adjust the volume level of the ringtone ofincoming calls.

• Outgoing CallAdjust the volume level of the outgoingcalls.

• Voice Prompt Vol.Adjust the volume level of the systemvoice.

• Text-to-speech Vol.Adjust the volume of the replay voice fortext messaging.

• Button BeepsTurns on/off the button beep sounds andalarm for prohibited operations.

Volume SettingsThe Volume settings screen can be foundby pressing the button on the controlpanel then touching the “Volume” key onthe screen. To adjust the volume of thefollowing options, touch the “-” and “+” keyson the screen.The available settings are:• Ringtone

Adjust the volume level of the ringtone ofincoming calls.

• Outgoing CallAdjust the volume level of the outgoingcalls.

“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and“Made for iPad” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed to connectspecifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec-tively, and has been certified by the devel-oper to meet Apple performance stan-dards. Apple is not responsible for theoperation of this device or its compliancewith safety and regulatory standards.Please note that the use of this accessorywith iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire-less performance.iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPodshuffle and iPod touch are trademarks ofApple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries. Lightning is a trademark ofApple Inc.

iPod®/IPHONE®

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Ignition switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Continuously Variable Transmission(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Manual transmission (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-12Ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Push-button ignition switch (if so equipped) . . . . 5-13Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . 5-14NISSAN Intelligent Key® batterydischarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Starting the engine (models without NISSANIntelligent Key® system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Starting the engine (models with NISSANIntelligent Key® system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-19Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Manual transmission (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-24

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-30LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-34BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-36BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) . . 5-43RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

How to enable/disable the RCTAsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) . . 5-53How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-55Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79

RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83

AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemoperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-84Turning the AEB with PedestrianDetection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93

Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . . 5-95I-FCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-98Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108

Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110

Intelligent Driver Alertness systemoperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-111

How to enable/disable the IntelligentDriver Alertness (I-DA) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-117Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-120Brake force distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123Rear Sonar System (RSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124How to enable/disable the sonarsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-130Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131

WARNING

• Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

• Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent themfrom playing and becoming locked inthe trunk where they could be seri-ously injured. Keep the car locked,with the rear seatback and trunk lidsecurely latched when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)WARNING

• Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

• If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the ve-hicle inspected immediately.

• Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

• Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

• Keep the rear vent windows, doorsand trunk lids (if so equipped) closedwhile driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the pas-senger compartment. If you mustdrive with one of these open, followthese precautions:1. Open all the windows.2. Turn the air recirculation mode off

and set the fan speed control tothe highest level to circulate theair.

• If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer'srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

• The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:a. The vehicle is raised for service.b. You suspect that exhaust fumes

are entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust sys-tem, underbody, or rear of thevehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalystare burned at high temperatures to helpreduce pollutants.

WARNING

• The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust systemcomponents.

• Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

• Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriouslyreduce the three-way catalyst's abil-ity to help reduce exhaust pollutants.

• Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or if no-ticeable loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions are de-tected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three-way catalyst.

• Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicle

placard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,

Starting and driving 5-5

the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.Additional information:• When using a wheel without the TPMS

such as a spare tire, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.

• The TPMS will activate only when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25km/h). Also, this system may not detect asudden drop in tire pressure (for example,a flat tire while driving).

• The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMSand turn off the low tire pressure warninglight. Use a tire pressure gauge to checkthe tire pressure.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” or“CHECK TIRE PRES” warning appears eachtime the ignition switch is placed in theON position as long as the low tire pres-sure warning light remains illuminated.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play or the “CHECK TIRE PRES” warningappears in the trip computer when thelow tire pressure warning light is illumi-nated and low tire pressure is detected.The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” or“CHECK TIRE PRES” warning turns offwhen the low tire pressure warning lightturns off.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” or“CHECK TIRE PRES” warning does not ap-pear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

• Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s opera-tion and the outside temperature. Do notreduce the tire pressure after driving be-cause the tire pressure rises after driving.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

• The Tire and Loading Information label islocated in the driver's door opening.

• You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped). Theorder of the tire pressure figures dis-played on the screen corresponds withthe actual order of the tire position.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P. 2-17) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 6-3).

WARNING

• If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires andincrease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light off. If you havea flat tire, replace it with a spare tireas soon as possible. (For additionalinformation, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3) forchanging a flat tire.)

• When using a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warninglight will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

• Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate.Some examples are:• Facilities or electric devices using similar

radio frequencies are near the vehicle.• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies

is being used in or near the vehicle.• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a

DC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases:• If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and

tire without TPMS.• If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID

has not been registered.• If the wheel is not originally specified by

NISSAN.

FCC Notice:For USA: FCC ID: PAXPMVCA74This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void the us-er's authority to operate theequipment.For Canada: Model: PMV-CA74This device contains licence-exempttransmitter(s)/receiver(s) that complywith Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment Canada’s licence-exemptRSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause interference. (2) This de-vice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert providesvisual and audible signals outside the ve-hicle to help you inflate the tires to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure.Vehicle set-up:1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position (if soequipped).

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. Do not start the engine.

Operation:1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.• If the tire is over-inflated more than

approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flashthree times. To correct the pressure,push the core of the valve stem on the

tire briefly to release pressure. Whenthe pressure reaches the designatedpressure, the horn beeps once.

• If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is notoperating.

• The TPMS will not activate the Easy-FillTire Alert under the followingconditions:– If there is interference from an exter-

nal device or transmitter.– The air pressure from the inflation

device is not sufficient to inflate thetire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.– There is a malfunction in the horn or

hazard indicators.– The identification code of the tire’s

pressure sensor is not registered tothe system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sen-sor is low.

• If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not oper-ate due to TPMS interference, movethe vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backwardor forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle.As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,particularly if the loss of control causesthe vehicle to slide sideways.Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the in-fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-scription or over-the-counter drugs whichmay cause drowsiness). Always wear yourseat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual, and also in-struct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person issignificantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave the roadsurface. If this occurs, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure be-low. Please note that this procedure is onlya general guide. The vehicle must be drivenas appropriate based on the conditions ofthe vehicle, road and traffic.1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-celerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt todrive the vehicle back onto the road sur-face until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires returnto the road surface. When all tires are onthe road surface, steer the vehicle tostay in the appropriate driving lane.• If you decide that it is not safe to return

the vehicle to the road surface basedon vehicle, road or traffic conditions,gradually slow the vehicle to a stop ina safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especiallyat highway speeds.Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspecting the tires for wear anddamage. For additional information, see“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27). If a tire rapidlyloses air pressure or “blows-out” while driv-ing, maintain control of the vehicle by fol-lowing the procedure below. Please notethat this procedure is only a general guide.

The vehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle, roadand traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pres-sure. Losing control of the vehicle maycause a collision and result in personalinjury.• The vehicle generally moves or pulls

in the direction of the flat tire.• Do not rapidly apply the brakes.• Do not rapidly release the accelerator

pedal.• Do not rapidly turn the steering

wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-celerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe lo-cation off the road and away from trafficif possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire. For additional infor-mation, see “Changing a flat tire” (P. 6-3).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in an ac-cident, alcohol can increase the sever-ity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive underthe influence of alcohol. Every year thou-sands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related collisions. Although the lo-cal laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and mostpeople underestimate the effects ofalcohol.Remember, drinking and driving don't mix!That is true for drugs (over-the-counter,prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don'tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

WARNING

• Never remove the ignition key orplace the ignition switch in the LOCKposition while driving. The steeringwheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicleand could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (if so equipped)The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.• When placing the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, make sure that the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.

• When removing the key from the ignitionswitch (if it is inserted), make sure that theshift lever is in the P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be placedin the LOCK position:1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Move the ignition switch slightly in theON direction.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

4. Remove the key if it is inserted in theignition switch.

If the ignition switch is placed in the LOCKposition, the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position.The shift lever can be moved if the igni-tion switch is in the ON position and thefoot brake pedal is depressed.There is an OFF position O1 between theLOCK and ON positions. The OFF positionis indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.

LSD3629

IGNITION SWITCH (if so equipped)

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (if soequipped)The ignition switch includes a device thathelps prevent accidental removal of thekey while driving.The key can only be removed when theignition switch is in the LOCK position.In order for the steering wheel to be locked,it must be turned about 1/8 of a turn clock-wise from the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, place the ig-nition switch in the LOCK position. Re-move the key. To unlock the steeringwheel, insert the key and turn it gentlywhile rotating the steering wheel slightlyright and left.

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONSLOCK: Normal parking position (0)OFF: (1)The engine can be turned off without lock-ing the steering wheel.ON: Normal operating position (2)This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.START: (3)This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the key. Itautomatically returns to the ON position.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedure:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

LSD3607

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button igni-tion switch while driving the vehicle ex-cept in an emergency. (The engine willstop when the ignition switch is pushedthree consecutive times in quick suc-cession or the ignition switch is pushedand held for more than 2 seconds.) Ifthe engine stops while the vehicle isbeing driven, this could lead to a crashand serious injury.

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal or the clutchpedal for manual transmission (M/T) mod-els, the ignition switch position will illumi-nate as follows:Push center:• Once to change to ON.• Two times to change to OFF.The ignition switch will automatically re-turn to the LOCK position when any door iseither opened or closed with the switch inthe OFF position.The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be placedin the OFF position until the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position or N (Neutral)position (M/T).When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the OFF position, proceed as fol-lows:1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion or N (Neutral) position (M/T).

2. Push the ignition switch. The ignitionswitch position will change to the ONposition.

3. Push the ignition switch again to theOFF position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the ignition switch cannot be movedfrom the LOCK position.Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed in the meter. For addi-tional information, see “Warning lights, indi-cator lights and audible reminders” (P. 2-11).

LSD2645

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (ifso equipped)

OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range.When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are pres-ent near the operating location, the Intelli-gent Key system’s operating range becomesnarrower and may not function properly.If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,to turn the ignition switch to start theengine.

The operating range of the engine startfunction is inside of the vehicle O1 .• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the in-

strument panel, rear parcel shelf, insidethe glove box, storage bin or door pocket,the Intelligent Key may not function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ON position while carryingthe Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Keyinserted in the port.The ignition switch will lock when any dooris opened or closed with the ignitionswitched off.OFFThe ignition switch is in the OFF positionwhen the engine is turned off using theignition switch. No lights will illuminate onthe ignition switch.

AUTO ACCWith the vehicle in the P (Park) position, theIntelligent Key with you, and the ignitionswitch placed from the ON to the OFF po-sition, the radio can still be used for a periodof time, or until the driver’s door is opened.After a period of time, functions such asradio, navigation, and Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System may be restarted bypressing the POWER button/VOLUME con-trol knob or the key fob unlock button. Foradditional information, see “Monitor, cli-mate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” (P. 4-2).ON (Without cranking)If the vehicle is in the ON position, it has abattery saver feature that will turn the igni-tion switch to OFF after 10 minutes.The battery saver feature will be restarted ifany of the following occur:• The ignition switch changes position.• The hazard lamps are operatedON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

WSD0165

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON position when theengine is not running for an extendedperiod. This can discharge the battery.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®BATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key®is discharged, or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with theNISSAN Intelligent Key® as illustrated. (Achime will sound.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depress-ing the brake pedal within 10 secondsafter the chime sounds. The engine willstart.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ON.

NOTE:• When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ON position or the engine is startedby the above procedures, the NISSANIntelligent Key® warning light mayblink in yellow (on the meter) even ifthe NISSAN Intelligent Key® is insidethe vehicle. This is not a malfunction.To stop the warning light from blinking,touch the ignition switch with theNISSAN Intelligent Key® again.

• If the NISSAN Intelligent Key® warninglight in the meter is blinking in green,replace the battery as soon as pos-sible. For additional information, see“Battery replacement” (P. 8-21)

SSD0860

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:• Rapidly push the ignition switch three

consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

• Push and hold the ignition switch formore than 2 seconds.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedure:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

• Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

• Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake and clutch fluid (if so equipped),and windshield-washer fluid as fre-quently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

• Check that all windows and lights areclean.

• Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

• Lock all doors.• Position seat and adjust head

restraints/headrests.• Adjust inside and outside mirrors.• Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers

to do likewise.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is placed in theON position. For additional information,see “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P. 2-11).

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Continuously Variable Transmissionmodels:Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neu-tral). P (Park) is recommended.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition key is turnedto the OFF position or if the key is re-moved from the ignition switch.The starter is designed not to operateif the shift lever is in any of the drivingpositions.Manual transmission (M/T) models:For best practice when operating anM/T, depressing the clutch before mov-ing the shift lever is ideal.Move the shift lever to N (Neutral). De-press the clutch pedal to the floor whilecranking the engine.The starter is designed not to operateunless the clutch pedal is fullydepressed.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the igni-tion key to START. Release the key whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.• If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and hold it and then crank theengine. Release the key and the accel-erator pedal when the engine starts.

• If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Crank the engine for 5-6seconds. After cranking the engine, re-lease the accelerator pedal. Crank theengine with your foot off the accel-erator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, turn the key off and wait10 seconds before cranking again, oth-erwise the starter could be damaged.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situa-tions that can lead to potential batterydischarge and potential no-start con-ditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

STARTING THE ENGINE (modelswithout NISSAN Intelligent Key®system)

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neu-tral). P (Park) is recommended.The starter is designed not to operateif the shift lever is in any of the drivingpositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. Depress the brake pedal and pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch while de-pressing the brake pedal with the igni-tion switch in any position.• If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank the en-gine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

• If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switch tothe ON position to start cranking theengine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignitionswitch to the LOCK position. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-

erator pedal. Crank the engine withyour foot off the accelerator pedal bydepressing the brake pedal and push-ing the ignition switch to start the en-gine. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto the OFF position and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise thestarter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up:Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive at amoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 to 3 minutes before shut-ting it off. Starting and stopping the en-gine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

5. To stop the engine, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position and push the ig-nition switch to the OFF position.

tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.

STARTING THE ENGINE (models withNISSAN Intelligent Key® system)

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Vehicles started with the Remote EngineStart require the ignition switch to beplaced in the ON position before the shiftlever can be moved from the P (Park) posi-tion. To place the ignition switch in the ONposition, follow these steps:1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” (P. 3-3).

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) (if soequipped)

WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle isreversing. This could cause an acci-dent or damage the transmission.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold the ve-hicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The foot brake should be usedfor this purpose.

• Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmissionin the N (Neutral) position may causeserious damage to the transmission.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronicallycontrolled to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.The recommended operating proceduresfor this transmission are shown on the fol-lowing pages. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and driv-ing enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Starting the vehicleWARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle isreversing. This could cause an acci-dent or damage the transmission

• Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmissionin the N (Neutral) position may causeserious damage to the transmission.

CAUTION

To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

1. After starting the engine, fully depressthe foot brake pedal before moving theshift lever out of the P (Park) position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand move the shift lever into a drivinggear.

3. Release the foot brake, then graduallystart the vehicle in motion.

4. Stop the vehicle completely before mov-ing the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

The Continuously Variable Transmissionis designed so the foot brake pedal MUSTbe depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while the ig-nition switch is in the ON position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of P(Park) and into any of the other gear po-sitions if the ignition switch is placed inthe LOCK, OFF or AUTO ACC position or ifthe key is removed.

ShiftingTo move the shift lever:

Press the button OA while de-pressing the brake pedal

Press the button OA to shift

Shift without pressing the buttonOA

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and move the shift lever from P(Park) to any of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift le-ver is in any position while the engine isnot running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpect-edly or roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF orAUTO ACC position for any reason while thevehicle is in N (Neutral), or any drive position,the ignition switch cannot be placed in theLOCK position. If this occurs, perform thefollowing steps:1. Apply the parking brake when the ve-

hicle is stopped.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) to parkthe vehicle and place the ignition switchin the LOCK position.

P (Park)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) position only when the ve-hicle is completely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position whenthe vehicle is parked or when starting theengine. Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the shift lever buttonpressed in to move the shift lever from N(Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then placethe shift lever into the P (Park) position.R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, usethe R (Reverse) position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before selecting the R (Reverse)position. R (Reverse) speed is limited to 30mph (48 km/h). Do not exceed 30 mph (48km/h) in the R (Reverse) position. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and theshift lever button pressed in to move theshift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) orany drive position to R (Reverse).

LSD2643

N (Neutral)Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.D (Drive)Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.L (Low)Use this position for engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steepslopes and whenever approaching sharpbends. Do not use the L (Low) position inany other circumstances. Shift lock release

If the battery is discharged, the shift levermay not be moved from the P (Park) posi-tion even with the foot brake pedaldepressed.To move the shift lever, perform the follow-ing procedure:1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK po-

sition and remove the key.

3. Using a protective cloth on the tip of ascrewdriver, remove the shift lock re-lease cover.• If available, a plastic trim tool can also

be used.

4. Push down the shift lock release using asuitable tool.

5. Press the shift lever button OA and movethe shift lever to the N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lockrelease.

6. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion to unlock the steering wheel.

7. Release the parking brake.The vehicle may be moved to the desiredlocation.Replace the removed shift lock releasecover after the operation.If the shift lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have the ContinuouslyVariable Transmission system checked assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD2644

Drive sport mode switchWhen the drive sport mode switch ispushed with the shift lever in the D (Drive)position, the drive sport mode indicator orthe SPORT mode indicator light appears inthe instrument panel. For additional infor-mation, see “Drive sport mode indicator”(P. 2-32) or “SPORT mode indicator light”(P. 2-23).Use the drive sport mode when you needimproved engine braking.

To turn off the drive sport mode, push thedrive sport mode switch again. The drivesport mode indicator or SPORT mode indi-cator light will turn off.Each time the engine is started, or whenthe shift lever is shifted to any positionother than D (Drive), the drive sport modewill automatically turn off.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —For passing or hill climbing, depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into a lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, theContinuously Variable Transmission willnot be shifted into the selected drivingposition.If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may come on to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. For additional infor-mation, see “Malfunction Indicator Light

(MIL)” (P. 2-19). This will occur even if allelectrical circuits are functioning prop-erly. In this case, place the ignition switchin the OFF position and wait for 10 sec-onds. Then place the ignition switchback in the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to its nor-mal operating condition, have the trans-mission checked and repaired, if neces-sary. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operation oc-curs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which could in-crease the chance of a collision. Be es-pecially careful when driving. If neces-sary, pull to the side of the road at a safeplace and allow the transmission to re-turn to normal operation, or have it re-paired if necessary.

LSD3250Drive sport mode

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (if soequipped)

WARNING

• Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

• Do not shift to the N (Neutral) posi-tion while driving. Doing so may re-sult in an accident due to loss of en-gine braking.

CAUTION

• Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving. This may causeclutch damage.

• Fully depress the clutch pedal beforeshifting to help prevent transmissiondamage.

• Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

• When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running (for example, at astop light), shift to N (Neutral) and re-lease the clutch pedal with the footbrake applied.

ShiftingTo change gears, or when upshifting ordownshifting, depress the clutch pedalfully, shift into the appropriate gear, thenrelease the clutch slowly and smoothly.To ensure smooth gear changes, fully de-press the clutch pedal before operating theshift lever. If the clutch pedal is not fullydepressed before the transmission isshifted, a gear noise may be heard. Trans-mission damage could occur.

SSD0535

Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd,3rd, 4th and up to 5th gear in sequenceaccording to vehicle speed.On the manual transmission, you cannotshift directly from 5th gear into R (Reverse).First shift into N (Neutral), then into R(Reverse).The shift lever ring returns to its originalposition when the shift lever is moved tothe N (Neutral) position.If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R(Reverse) or 1st gear, shift into N (Neutral),then release the clutch pedal. Depress theclutch pedal again and shift into R (Re-verse) or 1st gear.

Suggested up-shift speedsThe following are suggested vehiclespeeds for shifting into a higher gear.These suggestions relate to fuel economyand vehicle performance. Actual upshiftspeeds will vary according to road condi-tions, the weather and individual drivinghabits.

For normal acceleration in low altitude ar-eas (less than 4,000 ft [1219 m]):

GEAR CHANGE mph (km/h)1st to 2nd 9 (14)2nd to 3rd 12 (19)3rd to 4th 21 (34)4th to 5th 28 (45)

5th —

For quick acceleration in low altitudeareas and high altitude areas (over 4,000 ft[1219 m]):

Gear change mph (km/h)1st to 2nd 15 (24)2nd to 3rd 25 (40)3rd to 4th 40 (64)4th to 5th 45 (72)

5th —

Suggested maximum speed ineach gearDownshift to a lower gear if the engine isnot running smoothly, or if you need toaccelerate.Do not exceed the maximum suggestedspeed (shown below) in any gear. For levelroad driving, use the highest gear sug-gested for that speed. Always observeposted speed limits, and drive according tothe road conditions, which will ensure safeoperation. Do not over-rev the enginewhen shifting to a lower gear as it maycause engine damage or loss of vehiclecontrol.

GEAR mph (km/h)1st 28 (46)

2nd 52 (83)3rd 76 (122)4th 103 (166)5th —

WARNING

• Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

• Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

• Do not use the shift lever in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

To engage: Pull the parking brake lever upOA .To release:1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Manual transmission models:Place the shift lever in the N (Neutral)position.Continuously Variable Transmissionmodels:Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

3. While pulling up on the parking brakelever slightly, press the button OB andlower the lever completely.

4. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

WSD0169

PARKING BRAKE

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the LDWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• This system is only a warning device

to inform the driver of a potential un-intended lane departure. It will notsteer the vehicle or prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and onlywhen the lane markings are clearly visibleon the road.The LDW system monitors the lane mark-ers on the traveling lane using the cameraunit OA located above the inside mirror.The LDW system warns the driver that thevehicle is beginning to leave the drivinglane with an indicator and a steering wheelvibration. For additional information, see“LDW system operation” (P. 5-28).

LSD3498

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

�1 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indica-tor or Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light

�2 Vehicle Information Display or TripComputer

�3 LDW Switch (if so equipped)The LDW system provides a lane departurewarning function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds of approximately 37 mph (60km/h) and above and the lane markingsare clear. When the vehicle approaches ei-ther the left or the right side of the travelinglane, the steering wheel will vibrate and theLDW indicator (if so equipped) on the in-strument panel will blink to alert the driver.The warning function will stop when thevehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

LSD3988Vehicle Information Display

LSD3989Trip Computer

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

plays in the vehicle information display.Use the button to select “Driver As-sistance.” Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.

3. Select “Lane Departure Warning” andpress the OK button to turn the systemon or off.

For vehicles with the LDW switch (if soequipped):1. Push the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

switch to turn the LDW system on.

2. Push the LDW switch again to turn theLDW system off.

When the LDW system is turned on, theindicator light on the LDW switchilluminates.

LSD4122

LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the LDW system. Failure to followthe warnings and instructions forproper use of the LDW system could re-sult in serious injury or death.• The system will not operate at

speeds below approximately 37 mph(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

• Do not use the LDW system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:– During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.).– When driving on slippery roads,

such as on ice or snow.– When driving on winding or un-

even roads.– When there is a lane closure due to

road repairs.– When driving in a makeshift or

temporary lane.– When driving on roads where the

lane width is too narrow.

LSD3991

– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, nonstan-dard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or sus-pension parts.

– When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

• The system may not function prop-erly under the following conditions:– On roads where there are multiple

parallel lane markers; lane mark-ers that are faded or not paintedclearly; yellow painted lane mark-ers; non-standard lane markers;or lane markers covered with wa-ter, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharpcurves.

– On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shad-ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seamsor lines remaining after road re-pairs. (The LDW system could detectthese items as lane markers.)

– On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

– When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unit de-tection range.

– When rain, snow, dirt or an objectadheres to the windshield in frontof the lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens or ifthe aiming is not adjustedproperly.

– When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, thelight directly shines on the front ofthe vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F [40°C]) and thenstarted, the LDW system may be deacti-vated automatically and the followingmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display (if so equipped): “Unavail-able: High Cabin Temperature.”When the interior temperature is reduced,the LDW system will resume operatingautomatically.The LDW system is not designed to warnunder the following conditions:• When you operate the lane change signal

and change traveling lanes in the direc-tion of the signal. (The LDW system willbecome operable again approximately 2seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the LDW system malfunctions, it will can-cel automatically. The LDW indicator (or-ange) or LDW indicator light will illuminatein the instrument panel. If the LDW indicator(orange) or LDW indicator light illuminatesin the instrument panel, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle. Turnthe engine/motor off and restart theengine/motor. If the LDW indicator (orange)or LDW indicator light continues to illumi-nate, have the LDW system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit OA for the LDW sys-tem is located above the inside mirror. Tokeep the proper operation of the LDW sys-tem and prevent a system malfunction, besure to observe the following:• Always keep the windshield clean.• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

• Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.

• Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touch thecamera lens or remove the screw locatedon the camera unit. If the camera unit isdamaged due to an accident, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

LSD3502

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The BSW system is not a replacement

for proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the di-rection your vehicle will move to en-sure it is safe to change lanes. Neverrely solely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.The BSW system uses radar sensors O1

installed near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately 10ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and ap-proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

LSD3503 SSD1030Detection zone

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if soequipped)

1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW indicatorBSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 mph (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal isthen activated, the system chimes (twice),the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashesand the BSW indicator illuminates (yellow)in the vehicle information display. The sideBSW/RCTA indicator light continues toflash until the detected vehicle leaves thedetection zone.The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illumi-nates for a few seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indi-cator light is adjusted automatically de-pending on the brightness of the ambientlight.If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal,then only the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. For addi-tional information, see “BSW driving situa-tions” (P. 5-38).The BSW system automatically turns onevery time the engine is started, as long asit is activated using the settings menu onthe vehicle information display.

LSD3541

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Blind Spot Warning” and pressthe OK button to turn the system on oroff.

NOTE:• When enabling/disabling the system,

the system will retain current settingseven if the engine is restarted.

• When the BSW system is turned on, theBSW indicator (white) in the vehicle in-formation display illuminates.

LSD3507

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The BSW system cannot detect all ve-

hicles under all conditions.• The radar sensors may not be able to

detect and activate BSW when cer-tain objects are present such as:– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low

height vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.– Vehicles remaining in the detec-

tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehiclesin a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected ifthey are traveling close together.

• The radar sensors’ detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-sors may detect vehicles driving twolanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ig-nore most stationary objects; how-ever, objects such as guardrails,walls, foliage and parked vehiclesmay occasionally be detected. This isa normal operation condition.

• The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:– Severe weather– Road spray– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on

the vehicle

• Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

• Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

Another vehicle approachingfrom behindIllustration 1: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the de-tection zone from behind in an adjacentlane.

NOTE:• The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal when another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes.

NOTE:• The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

• If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2299Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

LSD2300Illustration 2 – Approaching from

behind

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light illuminates if you overtake a ve-hicle and that vehicle stays in the detectionzone for approximately 2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight flashes.

NOTE:• When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

• The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.

• If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2302Illustration 3 – Overtaking another

vehicle

LSD2303Illustration 4 – Overtaking another

vehicle

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the de-tection zone from either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight flashes.

NOTE:• If the driver activates the turn signal

before a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

• The radar sensors may not detect a ve-hicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when it en-ters the detection zone.

LSD2305Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

LSD2308Illustration 6 – Entering from the side

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

When radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system (if so equipped) will alsostop working.

LSD3566

MalfunctionIf the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message with the BSW indicator(orange) will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system (if so equipped) will alsostop working.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors O1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3BThis device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment

LSD3503

For CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.Frequency bands: 24.05GHz – 24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RCTAsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The RCTA system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proceduresand is not designed to prevent con-tact with vehicles or objects. Whenbacking out of a parking space, al-ways use the side and rear mirrorsand turn and look in the directionyour vehicle will move. Never relysolely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you whenbacking out from a parking space. Whenthe vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-signed to detect other vehicles approach-ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If thesystem detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)(if so equipped)

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

The RCTA system can help alert the driverof an approaching vehicle when the driveris backing out of a parking space.When the shift position is in R (Reverse) andthe vehicle speed is less than approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system isoperational.If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom either side, the system chimes (once)and the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes on the side the vehicle is approach-ing from.

LSD3540

The RCTA system uses radar sensors O1

installed on both sides near the rear bum-per to detect an approaching vehicle.The radar sensors O1 can detect an ap-proaching vehicle from up to approxi-mately 66 ft. (20 m) away.

LSD2216 LSD3503

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the RCTA system.1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Cross Traffic” and press the OKbutton to turn the system on or off.

NOTE:When enabling/disabling the system,the system setting will be retained evenif the engine is restarted.

LSD3510

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the RCTA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these

system limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• Always check surroundings and turn

to check what is behind you beforebacking up. The radar sensors detectapproaching (moving) vehicles. The

radar sensors cannot detect everyobject such as:– Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-

cycles, animals or child-operatedtoy vehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 19mph (30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

• The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certain situ-ations:– Illustration OA : When a vehicle

parked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

– Illustration OB : When the vehicle isparked in an angled parkingspace.

– Illustration OC : When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration OD : When an ap-proaching vehicle turns into yourvehicle's parking lot aisle.

– Illustration OE : When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small

LSD3195

• The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:– Severe weather– Road spray– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on

the vehicle• Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, open vehicle window) will in-terfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

In the case of several vehicles approach-ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-site direction (Illustration 2), a chime maynot be sounded by the RCTA system af-ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.

LSD2043Illustration 1

LSD2044Illustration 2

When radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.The systems are not available until theconditions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby conditions such as ice, snow, frost or dirtobstructing the radar sensors.

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system (if so equipped) will alsostop working.Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD3566

MalfunctionWhen the RCTA system malfunctions, it willturn off automatically. The system mal-function warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system (if so equipped) will alsostop working.Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors O1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

LSD3503

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.For CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwattsDroit applicable: Canada 310

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditionssuivantes:1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Bandes de fréquences: 24.05–24.25GHzPuissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL• If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it cancels automatically.• To properly set the cruise control system,

use the following procedures.

LSD3131

�1 RES+ switch

�2 CANCEL switch

�3 SET- switch

�4 CRUISE ON/OFF switch

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:• When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed.• In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies

in speed.• On winding or hilly roads.• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.).• In very windy areas.Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTION

On manual transmission models, donot shift into N (Neutral) without de-pressing the clutch pedal when thecruise control is set. Should this occur,depress the clutch pedal and turn theCRUISE ON/OFF switch off immedi-ately. Failure to do so may cause enginedamage.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.To turn on the cruise control, push theCRUISE ON/OFF switch. The CRUISE indica-tor light or indicator in the instrumentpanel comes on.To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET–switch and release it. The SET indicatorlight or indicator in the instrumentpanel comes on. Take your foot off the ac-celerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains theset speed.• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, drive without the cruisecontrol.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:• Push the CANCEL switch; the CRUISE indi-

cator light or indicator in the instru-ment panel goes out.

• Tap the brake pedal; the CRUISE indicatorlight or indicator goes out.

• Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch. TheCRUISE indicator light or indicator inthe instrument panel goes out.

The cruise control is automatically can-celed and the CRUISE indicator light orindicator in the instrument panel goes outif:• You depress the brake pedal while push-

ing the RES+ or SET– switch. The presetspeed is deleted from memory.

• The vehicle slows down more than 8 mph(13 km/h) below the set speed.

• You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET– switch.

• Push and hold the RES+ switch. When thevehicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

• Push and release the RES+ switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed increasesby about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET– switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows to thedesired speed.

• Push and release the SET– switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed decreasesby about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle re-turns to the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h). OA ICC switch

LSD3511

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)(if so equipped)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the ICC sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The ICC system is only an aid to assist

the driver and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

• Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

• Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the ICC system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using theICC system. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control thevehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the ICC system ex-cept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

• In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime will not sound to warn you ifyou are too close to the vehicleahead. Pay special attention to thedistance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144km/h) up to the set speed. The set speedcan be selected by the driver between 20 to90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode: For maintaining a selected dis-tance between your vehicle and the ve-hicle in front of you up to the preset speed

• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode: For cruising at a preset speed

Push the ICC switch OA to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-

to-vehicle distance control mode and theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the ICCswitch OA once to turn the system off. Thenpush the ICC switch OA again to turn thesystem back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.Always confirm the setting in the ICC sys-tem display.For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode” (P. 5-55).For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-71).

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODESelecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode: To choose thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeO1 , quickly push and release the ICC switchOA .

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode: To choose the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control modeO2 , push and hold the ICC switch OA forlonger than approximately 1.5 seconds. Foradditional information, see “Conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-71).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or atthe set speed when the road ahead is clear.The ICC system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

LSD3512 LSD3513

If the radar sensor O1 detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system will re-duce the vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to ap-proximately 40% of vehicle braking power)if necessary.The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE OPERATION

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front of youand can reduce the speed to match a

LSD3514

slower vehicle ahead. The system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 40% of thevehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used when traf-fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may be-come closer because the ICC system can-not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.If this occurs, the ICC system will sound awarning chime and blink the system dis-play to notify the driver to take necessaryaction.The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is below ap-proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicleis not detected ahead. The system will alsodisengage when the vehicle goes abovethe maximum set speed.For additional information, see “Approachwarning” (P. 5-63).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:• When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed set bythe driver. The set speed range is be-tween approximately 20 and 90 mph (32and 144 km/h).

• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by the driver, from thevehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of the sys-tem. The system will cancel once it judgesa standstill with a warning chime.

• When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeaccelerates and maintains vehicle speedup to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or traf-fic congestion.

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and main-tain the speed up to the set speed. Payattention to the driving operation to main-tain control of the vehicle as it acceleratesto the set speed.The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-curs, you will have to manually control thevehicle speed.

SSD0254

Normally when controlling the distance toa vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us-ing the ICC system.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE SWITCHESThe system is operated by the ICC switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

3. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s followingdistance:• Long• Middle• Short

4. ICC Switch:Master switch to activate the system.

5. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally.

LSD3515

Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.1. This indicator indicates the ICC system

status depending on a color:• ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi-

cates that the ICC is on.• ICC system SET indicator (green): Indi-

cates that the cruising speed is set.

• ICC system warning (yellow): Indicatesthat there is a malfunction in the ICCsystem.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:Indicates the set vehicle speed.For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

4. Set distance indicator:Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the distance switch. Operating vehicle-to-vehicle

distance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the ICC switch OA . The ICC sys-tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indi-cator and set vehicle speed indicator OB

come on in a standby state for setting.

LSD3546 LSD3547

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET–switch OC and release it. The ICC systemset indicator (green), vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator, set distance indicator andset vehicle speed indicator OB will come on.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset and the ICC indicators will blink for ap-proximately 2 seconds:• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)

and a vehicle ahead is not detected• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)

or Manual mode• When the parking brake is applied• When the brakes are operated by the

driverWhen the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset.

A warning chime will sound and a messagewill pop up:• When the VDC system is off (To use the

ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Pushthe ICC switch to turn off the ICC systemand reset the ICC switch by pushing theICC switch again.)For additional information about theVDC system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) system” (P. 5-120).

• When VDC is operating• When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC

system, make sure the wheels are no lon-ger slipping.)LSD3548 LSD3549

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicleahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-lar to standard cruise control, as long as novehicle is detected in the lane ahead. TheICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected aheadWhen a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-ing the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

NOTE:• The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

• When the brake operates, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detectedWhen a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the system con-trols the distance to that vehicle.When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-tem will be canceled.

LSD3550

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the accelera-tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerateyour vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out.• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out.• Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indi-

cators will go out.To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET– switch.

• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed will increase by approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h for Canada).

• Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately 1mph (1.6 km/h for Canada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET– switch. The setvehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h for Canada).

• Push, then quickly release the SET–switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately 1mph (1.6 km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).

LSD3551

How to change the set distanceto the vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the traf-fic conditions.Each time the distance switch OA ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long again,in that sequence.

Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)2. Middle 150 (45)3. Short 90 (30)• The distance to the vehicle ahead will

change according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

• The distance setting will remain at thecurrent setting even if the engine isrestarted.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-tem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depress-ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-hicle distance if:• The chime sounds.• The vehicle ahead detection indicator

blinks.The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:• When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

• When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles isincreasing.

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.The warning chime will not sound when:• The vehicle approaches other vehicles

that are parked or moving slowly.• The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-

riding the system.

LSD3552 LSD2752

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects objects on theside of the vehicle or on the side of theroad. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. TheICC sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or whenentering or exiting a curve. In thesecases you will have to manually controlthe proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:• When the vehicle ahead is not detected

and your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

• When the system judges the vehicle is ata standstill

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position, Manual mode.

• When the parking brake system is applied• When the VDC system is turned off• When VDC operates• When distance measurement becomes

impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-struction to the sensor

• When a wheel slips• When the radar signal is temporarily

interrupted

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The ICC system is primarily intended

for use on straight, dry, open roadswith light traffic. It is not advisable touse the ICC system in city traffic orcongested areas.

• The ICC system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. Thissystem should be used in evenlyflowing traffic. Do not use the systemon roads with sharp curves, or on icyroads, in heavy rain or in fog.

• As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absentminded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and thesurrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to a stand-still and sound a warning chime. Toprevent the vehicle from moving, thedriver must depress the brake pedal.

• Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually control the proper follow-ing distance. The ICC system may notbe able to maintain the selected dis-tance between vehicles (followingdistance) or selected vehicle speedunder some circumstances.

• The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the ICC system un-der the following conditions:– On roads where the traffic is heavy

or there are sharp curves– On slippery road surfaces such as

on ice or snow, etc.– During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.)– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to

the bumper around the distancesensor

– On steep downhill roads (the ve-hicle may go beyond the set ve-hicle speed and frequent brakingmay result in overheating thebrakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make it dif-ficult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radarsources

• Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

• In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Al-ways stay alert and avoid using theICC system where not recommendedin this warning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:• Stationary and slow moving vehicles• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel

laneThe sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,if the sensor cannot detect the reflectionfrom the vehicle ahead, the ICC systemmay not maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot properly detect a ve-hicle ahead and the system may not oper-ate properly:• When snow or road spray from traveling

vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.• When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.• When excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitations of the system.When the sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the ICC system may not detect them.In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead.Be sure to check and clean the sensorregularly.The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance detection mode to maintain the se-lected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane.If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0252

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a ve-hicle traveling ahead. This may cause theradar system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle.The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253

The following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able to

maintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.Condition AUnder the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:• When the VDC system is turned off• When the VDC operates• When a vehicle ahead is not detected and

your vehicle is traveling below the speedof 15 mph (24 km/h)

• When the system judges the vehicle is ata standstill

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or Manual mode.

• When the parking brake is applied• When a wheel slips• When the radar signal is temporarily

interruptedAction to takeWhen the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back onto use the system.

LSD3553

Condition BWhen there is inclement weather (rain. fog.snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor,the ICC system will automatically be can-celed, the chime will sound and the “Un-available: Front Radar Obstruction”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.Action to takeWhen the conditions listed above are nolonger present, the warning message willno longer be available in the vehicle infor-mation display and the system will operatenormally. If the “Unavailable: Front RadarObstruction” warning message continuesto be displayed, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.Condition CWhen the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,etc., or is obstructed, the ICC system willautomatically be canceled.The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to takeIf the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper and restart the engine. If the“Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”warning message continues to be dis-played, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.Condition DWhen driving on roads with limited roadstructures (for example, long bridges, des-erts, snow fields, driving next to long walls),the system may illuminate the systemwarning light and display the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” message.Action to takeWhen the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.Condition EWhen the ICC system is not operatingproperly, a chime sounds and the ICC sys-tem warning light (orange) will come on.

Action to takeIf the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Al-though the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD3554

If the ICC system is temporarily unavail-able, the conventional cruise controlmode may still be used. For additionalinformation, please see “Conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode”(P. 5-71)

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the ICC system O1 is locatedon the front of the vehicle.To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:• Always keep the sensor area clean.• Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

LSD3513

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.For CanadaModel: ARS4–BIC: 4135A-ARS4BFCC ID: OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-ject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd'Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-antes:1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation ExposureInformation:This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment.This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30 cmbetween the radiator and your body.The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.Cet équipement est conforme aux limitesd'exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipement doit être installé et utilisé avecun minimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.FCC NoticeChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

WARNING

• In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime does not sound to warn you ifyou are too close to the vehicleahead, as neither the presence of thevehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

• Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

• Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

• Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions:– When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

– On winding or hilly roads– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.)– In very windy areas

• Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. ICC switch:Master switch to activate the system

4. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located in the vehicle infor-mation display.1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

• Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-cates that the ICC switch is on

• Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indi-cates that the cruising speed is set

LSD3555 LSD3106

• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicatesthat there is a malfunction in the ICCsystem

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, the speedis displayed in km/h.

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the ICCswitch OA for longer than about 1.5seconds.When pushing ICC switch on, the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control modedisplay and indicators OB are displayed inthe vehicle information display. After youhold ICC switch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the ICC system display turns off.The cruise indicator appears. You can nowset your desired cruising speed. Pushing

the ICC switch again will turn the systemcompletely off. When the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position, the system isalso automatically turned off.To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ICC switch (vehicle-to ve-hicle distance control mode) or push andhold it (conventional cruise control mode)again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ICCswitch off when not using the ICCsystem.

LSD3556

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- OC

switch and release it. (The color of thecruise indicator changes to green and setvehicle speed indicator comes on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain ve-hicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruiseindicator and vehicle speed indicator willturn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows downto the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-sume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

LSD3557

System temporarily unavailable

A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:• When the vehicle slows down more than

8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)

or manual shift mode• When the parking brake is applied• When the VDC operates (including the

traction control system)• When a wheel slipsWhen the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the color of thecruise indicator will change to orange.Action to takeIf the color of the cruise indicator changesto orange, stop the vehicle in a safe placeand place the shift lever in the P (Park) po-sition. Turn the engine off, restart the en-gine, resume driving, and then perform thesetting again.If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the systemis malfunctioning. Although the vehicleis still drivable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

LSD3558

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RABsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

• The RAB system is a supplementalaid to the driver. It is not a replace-ment for proper driving procedures.Always use the side and rear mirrorsand turn and look in the direction youwill move before and while backingup. Never rely solely on the RAB sys-tem. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, and be in con-trol of the vehicle at all times.

• There is a limitation to the RAB sys-tem capability. The RAB system is noteffective in all situations.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may af-fect the function of the system; thismay include reduced performance ora false activation.

The RAB system can assist the driver whenthe vehicle is backing up and approachingobjects directly behind the vehicle.The RAB system detects obstacles behindthe vehicle using the parking sensors O1

located on the rear bumper.

You can temporarily cancel the sonarfunction in the vehicle, but the RAB sys-tem will continue to operate. For addi-tional information, see “Rear Sonar Sys-tem (RSS)” (P. 5-123).

LSD3516

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

RAB SYSTEM OPERATION

�1 RAB system warning light and RAB sys-tem warning indicator

�2 Center display

�3 Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

�4 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection OFF Switch(if so equipped)

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RABsystem operates.If a risk of a collision with an obstacle isdetected when your vehicle is backing up,the RAB system warning indicator will flashin the vehicle information display and thesystem will chime three times. The systemwill then automatically apply the brakes.After the automatic brake application, thedriver must depress the brake pedal tomaintain brake pressure.

NOTE:• The brake lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the RABsystem.

• When the brakes operate, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

TURNING THE RAB SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn the RABsystem on or off.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press theOK button.

3. Select “Rear” and press the OK button toturn the system on or off.

For vehicles with the Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian De-tection OFF switch (if so equipped):1. The RAB system is automatically

enabled.

2. Press the AEB with Pedestrian DetectionOFF switch for approximately 3 secondsto turn the RAB system OFF or ON.

When the RAB system is turned off, the RABsystem warning light illuminates.

LSD4639

The RAB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.The AEB with Pedestrian Detection OFFswitch is integrated into the RAB system.If the RAB system is off by the AEB OFFswitch, the AEB system will also be off.

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the RAB system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for properuse of the RAB system could result inserious injury or death.• When the vehicle approaches an ob-

stacle while the accelerator or brakepedal is depressed, the function maynot operate or the start of operationmay be delayed. The RAB systemmay not operate or may not performsufficiently due to vehicle conditions,driving conditions, the traffic envi-ronment, the weather, road surfaceconditions, etc. Do not wait for thesystem to operate. Operate the brakepedal by yourself as soon asnecessary.

LSD4101

• If it is necessary to override RAB op-eration, strongly press the accelera-tor pedal.

• Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind you be-fore and while backing up. The RABsystem detects stationary objects be-hind the vehicle. The RAB system doesnot detect the following objects:– Moving objects– Low objects– Narrow objects– Wedge-shaped objects– Objects close to the bumper (less

than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])– Objects that suddenly appear– Thin objects such as rope, wire,

chain, etc.• The RAB system may not operate for

the following obstacles:– Obstacles located high off the

ground– Obstacles in a position offset from

your vehicle– Obstacles, such as spongy materi-

als or snow, that have soft outersurfaces and can easily absorb asound wave

• The RAB system may not operate inthe following conditions:– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc.,

attached to the sonar sensors.– A loud sound is heard in the area

around the vehicle.– The surface of the obstacle is di-

agonal to the rear of the vehicle.• The RAB system may unintentionally

operate in the following conditions:– There is overgrown grass in the

area around the vehicle.– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll

gate equipment, a narrow tunnel,a parking lot gate) near the side ofthe vehicle.

– There are bumps, protrusions, ormanhole covers on the roadsurface.

– The vehicle drives through adraped flag or a curtain.

– There is an accumulation of snowor ice behind the vehicle.

– An ultrasonic wave source, such asanother vehicle’s sonar, is nearthe vehicle.

• Once the automatic brake controloperates, it does not operate again ifthe vehicle approaches the sameobstacle.

• The automatic brake control can onlyoperate for a short period of time.Therefore, the driver must depressthe brake pedal.

• In the following situations, the RABsystem may not operate properly ormay not function sufficiently:– The vehicle is driven in bad

weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).– The vehicle is driven on a steep

hill.– The vehicle’s posture is changed

(e.g., when driving over a bump).– The vehicle is driven on a slippery

road.– The vehicle is turned sharply by

turning the steering wheel fully.– Snow chains are used.– Wheels or tires other than NISSAN

recommended are used.– The brakes are cold at low ambi-

ent temperatures or immediatelyafter driving has started.

– The braking force becomes poor dueto wet brakes after driving througha puddle or washing the vehicle.

• Turn the RAB system off in the followingconditions to prevent the occurrence ofan unexpected accident resulting fromsudden system operation:– The vehicle is towed.– The vehicle is carried on a flatbed

truck.– The vehicle is on the chassis

dynamometer.– The vehicle drives on an uneven

road surface.– Suspension parts other than

those designated as GenuineNISSAN parts are used. (If the ve-hicle height or the vehicle body in-clination is changed, the systemmay not detect an obstaclecorrectly.)

– If the vehicle is using an accessorylike a bike rack, or cargo carrierthat blocks the sensors.

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the RAB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, and the RAB sys-tem warning light will illuminate, and the“System fault” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.Action to takeIf the warning light illuminates, park the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engine off,and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the RAB sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

If the RAB system cannot be operatedtemporarily, the RAB system warninglight blinks.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEObserve the following items to ensureproper operation of the system:• Always keep the parking sensors O1

clean.• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them

off with a soft cloth while being careful tonot damage them.

LSD3516

• Do not subject the area around the park-ing sensors O1 to strong impact. Also, donot remove or disassemble the parkingsensors. If the parking sensors and pe-ripheral areas are deformed in an acci-dent, etc., have the sensors checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• Do not install any stickers (includingtransparent stickers) or accessories onthe parking sensors O1 and their sur-rounding areas. This may cause a mal-function or improper operation.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection systemcould result in serious injury or death.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system is a supplemental aid to thedriver. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic condi-tions or responsibility to drive safely.It cannot prevent accidents due tocarelessness or dangerous drivingtechniques.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem does not function in all driv-ing, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk ofa forward collision with the vehicle ahead inthe traveling lane or with a pedestrianahead in the traveling lane.The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemuses a radar sensor located on the front ofthe vehicle OB to measure the distance tothe vehicle ahead in the same lane. Forpedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian De-tection system uses a camera installed be-hind the windshield OA in addition to theradar sensor.

LSD3524

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION

AEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator (if soequipped)

2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-gency warning indicator (if so equipped)

3. AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

The AEB system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 mph (5 km/h). For the pedes-trian detection function, the system operatesat speeds between 6 – 37 mph (10 – 60 km/h).If a risk of a forward collision is detected, theAEB with Pedestrian Detection system willfirstly provide the warning to the driver byflashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator(yellow) in the vehicle information display (if soequipped) and providing an audible alert. If thedriver applies the brakes quickly and forcefullyafter the warning, and the AEB with PedestrianDetection system detects that there is still thepossibility of a forward collision, the system willautomatically increase the braking force.If the driver does not take action, the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system issuesthe second visual (flashing) (red and white)in the vehicle information display (if soequipped) and an audible warning. If thedriver releases the accelerator pedal, thenthe system applies partial braking. If therisk of a collision becomes imminent, theAEB with Pedestrian Detection system ap-plies harder braking automatically.

While the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is operating, you may hear thesound of brake operation. This is normaland indicates that the AEB with PedestrianDetection system is operating properly.

NOTE:The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenany braking is performed by the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system.Depending on vehicle speed and distance tothe vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well asdriving and roadway conditions, the systemmay help the driver avoid a forward collisionor may help mitigate the consequences if acollision should be unavoidable. If the driver ishandling the steering wheel, accelerating orbraking, the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem will function later or will not function.The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:• When the steering wheel is turned to

avoid a collision.• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.• When there is no longer a vehicle or a

pedestrian detected ahead.If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem has stopped the vehicle, the vehiclewill remain at a standstill for approximately2 seconds before the brakes are released.

TURNING THE AEB WITHPEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

3. Select “Front” and press the OK button toturn the system on or off.

For vehicles with the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection OFF switch (if soequipped):1. The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-

tem is automatically enabled.

2. Press the AEB with Pedestrian DetectionOFF switch for approximately 3 secondsto turn AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem OFF or ON.

When the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is turned off, the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection system warning lightilluminates.

LSD4639

NOTE:• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system will be automatically turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

• If the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is off by the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection OFF switch, the RearAutomatic Braking (RAB) system willalso be off.

• The I-FCW system is integrated into theAEB with Pedestrian Detection system.There is not a separate selection in thevehicle information display for theI-FCW system. When the AEB system isturned off, the I-FCW system is alsoturned off.

LSD4101

AEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system cannot detect all vehicles orpedestrians under all conditions.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem does not detect the following:

– Pedestrians that are small (for ex-ample, children), in a sitting posi-tion, operating toys/skateboards,on scooters or in wheelchairs, ornot in an upright standing orwalking position.

– Animals of any size.– Obstacles (for example, cargo or

debris) on the roadway orroadside.

– Oncoming or crossing vehicles.– Vehicles where the tires are difficult

to see or the shape of the rear of thevehicle is unclear or obstructed.

– Parked vehicles.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem has some performance limi-tations.– If a stationary vehicle is in the ve-

hicle’s path, the system will notfunction when the vehicle ap-proaches the stationary vehicle atspeeds over approximately 50mph (80 km/h).

– Pedestrian detection will notfunction when the vehicle isdriven at speeds over approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h) or belowapproximately 6 mph (10km/h).

• For pedestrians, the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection system will not issuethe first warning.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may not function properly ordetect a vehicle or pedestriansahead in the following conditions:

– In poor visibility conditions (suchas rain, snow, fog, dust storms,sand storms, smoke, and roadspray from other vehicles).

– If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other ma-terial is covering the radar sensorarea or camera area ofwindshield.

– If a strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams) enters thefront camera or a sudden changein brightness occurs (for example,entering a tunnel or driving inlightning).

– In dark or dimly lit conditions,such as at night or in tunnels, in-cluding cases where your vehi-cle’s headlights are off or dim, orthe tail lights of the vehicle aheadare off.

– When the direction of the camerais misaligned.

– When driving on a steep downhillslope, on roads with sharp curves,and/or bumpy or dirt roads.

– If there is interference by other ra-dar sources.

– When your vehicle’s position ormovement is changed quickly orsignificantly (for example, lanechange, turning vehicle, abruptsteering, sudden acceleration ordeceleration).

– When your vehicle or the vehicleor pedestrian ahead movesquickly or significantly such thatthe system cannot detect and re-act in time (for example, pedes-trian moving quickly toward thevehicle at close range, vehicle cut-ting in, changing lanes, making aturn, steering abruptly, suddenacceleration or deceleration).

– When the vehicle or pedestrian isoffset from the vehicle’s forwardpath.

– If the speed difference betweenthe two vehicles is small.

– The pedestrian’s profile is par-tially obscured or unidentifiable;for example, due to transportingluggage, pushing a stroller, wear-ing bulky or very loose-fittingclothing or accessories, or beingin a unique posture (such as rais-ing hands).

– There is poor contrast of a personto the background, such as havingclothing color or pattern which issimilar to the background.

– For approximately 15 seconds af-ter starting the engine.

– If the vehicle ahead has a uniqueor unusual shape, extremely lowor high clearance heights, or un-usual cargo loading or is narrow(for example, a motorcycle).

– When the vehicle or pedestrian islocated near a traffic sign, a reflec-tive area (for example, water onroad), or is in a shadow.

– When multiple pedestrians aregrouped together.

– When the view of the pedestrian isobscured by a vehicle or otherobject.

– While towing a trailer or othervehicle.

• The system performance may be de-graded in the following conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.– Excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or thecargo area of your vehicle.

• The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s (radar andcamera) functionality, within certainlimitations. The system may not de-tect some forms of obstruction of thesensor area such as ice, snow orstickers, for example. In these cases,

the system may not be able to warnthe driver properly. Be sure that youcheck, clean and clear sensor areasregularly.

• In some road and traffic conditions,the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may unexpectedly apply par-tial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may operate when a pattern,object, shadow or lights are detectedthat are similar to the outline of ve-hicles or pedestrians, or if they arethe same size and position as a ve-hicle or motorcycle’s tail lights.

• The system may keep operatingwhen the vehicle ahead is turningright or left.

• The system may operate when yourvehicle is approaching and passing avehicle ahead.

• Depending on the road shape (curvedroad, entrance and exit of the curve,winding road, lane regulation, underconstruction, etc.), the system mayoperate temporarily for the oncomingvehicle in front of your vehicle.

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system may react to:– objects on the roadside (traffic

sign, guardrail, pedestrian, motor-cycle, vehicle, etc.)

– pedestrians when driving on thenarrow alleys, etc.

– pedestrians who temporarily pro-trude into or approaching thedriving lane to avoid the obstacleson the road shoulder

– objects above road (low bridge,traffic sign, etc.)

– objects on the road surface (rail-road track, grate, steel plate, etc.)

– objects in the parking garage(beam, pillar, etc.)

– pedestrians or motorcycles ap-proaching the travelling lane

– vehicles, pedestrians, motor-cycles or objects in adjacent lanesor close to the vehicle

– oncoming pedestrians– objects on the road (such as trees)

• Braking distances increase on slip-pery surfaces.

• Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

LSD4248

Condition A:In the following conditions, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system warning lightblinks and the system will be turned offautomatically:• The radar sensor picks up interference

from another radar source.• The camera area of the windshield is

misted or frozen.• Strong light is shining from the front.• The cabin temperature is over approxi-

mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.• The camera area of the windshield glass

is continuously covered with dirt, etc.Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill resume automatically.

When the inside of the windshield on thecamera area is misted or frozen, it willtake a period of time to remove it afterthe A/C turns on. If dirt appears on thisarea, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

Condition B:When the radar sensor of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed, theAEB system will automatically be canceled.The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped).Action to take:If the warning message appears, stop the ve-hicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in theP (Park) position, and turn the engine off. Whenthe radar signal is temporarily interrupted,clean the sensor area of the front bumperand restart the engine. If the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” warning messagecontinues to be displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display (if so equipped), have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.Condition CWhen driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light and display the “Un-available: Front Radar Obstruction” mes-sage in the vehicle information display (if soequipped).

Action to take:When the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.

NOTE:If the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem stops working, the I-FCW sys-tem will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem malfunctions, it will be turned off auto-matically, a chime will sound, and the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system warninglight (orange) will illuminate and thewarning message [Malfunction] will appearin the vehicle information display (if soequipped).Action to takeIf the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe radar sensor is located on the front ofthe vehicle OB . The camera is located onthe upper side of the windshield OA .To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:• Always keep the sensor areas of the front

bumper and windshield clean.• Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensors (e.g., bumper,windshield).

• Do not cover or attach stickers, or installany accessory near the sensors. Thiscould block sensor signals and/or causefailure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near theradar sensor (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit'sdetection capability.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

LSD3524

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.For CanadaModel: ARS4–BIC: 4135A-ARS4BFCC ID: OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operationof the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme auxCNR d'Industrie Canada applicables auxappareils radio exempts de licence.L'exploitation est autorisée aux deuxconditions suivantes:1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage, et

2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit ac-cepter tout brouillage radioélectriquesubi, même si le brouillage est suscep-tible d'en compromettre lefonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposureinformation:This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30cm between the radiator and your body.This transmitter must not be co-locatedor operating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-ites d'exposition aux rayonnements ICétablies pour un environnement noncontrôlé.Cet équipement doit être installé etutilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm dedistance entre la source de rayonnementet votre corps.FCC NoticeChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the I-FCWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The I-FCW system can help warn the

driver before a collision occurs butwill not avoid a collision. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The I-FCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicleahead in the same lane.The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor OA

located on the front of the vehicle to mea-sure the distance to the vehicle ahead inthe same lane.

LSD3534

INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (I-FCW)

1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator (if soequipped)

2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-FCW system operates at speedsabove approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-sion, the I-FCW system will warn the driverby blinking the vehicle ahead detection in-dicator in the vehicle information display (ifso equipped), and sounding an audiblealert.

LSD2263

TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn theI-FCW system ON or OFF.For vehicles equipped with the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

3. Select “Front” and press the OK button toturn the system on or off.

For vehicles equipped with the AEB withPedestrian Detection OFF switch (if soequipped):1. The I-FCW system is automatically

enabled.

2. Push the AEB with Pedestrian DetectionOFF switch once to disable the I-FCWsystem.

When the I-FCW system is turned off, theAEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light illuminates.LSD4639

NOTE:• The I-FCW system will be automatically

turned on when the engine isrestarted.

• The I-FCW system is integrated into theAEB with Pedestrian Detection system.There is not a separate selection in thevehicle information display for theI-FCW system. When the AEB with Pe-destrian Detection is turned off, theI-FCW system is also turned off.

LSD4101

I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD2312Illustration A

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the I-FCW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The I-FCW system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.• The radar sensor does not detect the

following objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway

– Oncoming vehicles– Crossing vehicles

• (Illustration A) The I-FCW systemdoes not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such as amotorcycle.

• The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the followingconditions:– Snow or heavy rain

– Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor.

– Interference by other radarsources.

– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– Driving in a tunnel– (Illustration B) When the vehicle

ahead is being towed.– (Illustration C) When the distance

to the vehicle ahead is too close,the beam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

LSD2265Illustration B

– (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

• The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The sys-tem may not detect some forms ofobstruction of the sensor area suchas ice, snow, stickers, etc. In thesecases, the system may not be able towarn the driver properly. Be sure thatyou check, clean and clear the sensorarea regularly.

• Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

LSD2266Illustration C

LSD2313Illustration D

Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theI-FCW system is automatically turned off.The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate.Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the I-FCW system will resumeautomatically.Condition BWhen the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theI-FCW system is automatically turned off.The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate in thevehicle information display (if so equipped).When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light (orange) and displaythe “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”message in the vehicle information display(if so equipped).

Action to takeIf the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe place, place the shiftlever in the P (Park) position and turn theengine off. Clean the radar cover on thelower grille with a soft cloth, and restart theengine. If the warning light continues toilluminate, have the I-FCW system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem stops working, the I-FCW system willalso stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem warning light (orange) will illumi-nate and the warning message [Malfunc-tion] will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped).Action to takeIf the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe I-FCW system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor OA is located behind the lowergrille of the front bumper.To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:• Always keep the sensor area of the front

bumper clean.• Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar

objects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and

LSD3534

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass A digital device, pursuant to Part 15of the FCC Rules. These limits are de-signed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference when theequipment is operated in a commercialenvironment. This equipment generates,uses, and can radiate radio frequencyenergy and, if not installed and used inaccordance with the instruction manual,may cause harmful interference to radiocommunications. Operation of thisequipment in a residential area is likelyto cause harmful interference in whichcase the user will be required to correctthe interference at his own expense.Radio frequency radiation exposureinformation:This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an un-controlled environment.

This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 20cm between the radiator and your body.The transmitter must not be co-locatedor operating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.For CanadaModel: ARS4–BIC: 4135A-ARS4BFCC ID: OAYARS4BThis device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operationof the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme auxCNR d'Industrie Canada applicables auxappareils radio exempts de licence.L'exploitation est autorisée aux deuxconditions suivantes:1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage, et

2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit ac-cepter tout brouillage radioélectriquesubi, même si le brouillage est suscep-tible d'en compromettre lefonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposureinformation:This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30cm between the radiator and your body.This transmitter must not be co-locatedor operating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-ites d'exposition aux rayonnements ICétablies pour un environnement noncontrôlé.Cet équipement doit être installé etutilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm dedistance entre la source de rayonnementet votre corps.FCC NoticeChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the I-DAsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The I–DA system is only a warning to

inform the driver of a potential lackof driver attention or drowsiness. Itwill not steer the vehicle or preventloss of control.

• The I–DA system does not detect andprovide an alert of the driver’s lack ofattention or fatigue in everysituation.

• It is the driver’s responsibility to:• stay alert,• drive safely,• keep the vehicle in the traveling

lane,• be in control of the vehicle at all

times,• avoid driving when tired,• avoid distractions (texting, etc.).

The I–DA system helps alert the driver if thesystem detects a lack of attention or driv-ing fatigue.The system monitors driving style andsteering behavior over a period of time,and it detects changes from the normalpattern. If the system detects that driverattention is decreasing over a period oftime, the system uses audible and visualwarnings to suggest that the driver take abreak.

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS(I-DA) (if so equipped)

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESSSYSTEM OPERATIONIf the system detects driver fatigue or thatdriver attention is decreasing, the mes-sage “Take a break?” appears in the vehicleinformation display and a chime soundswhen the vehicle is driven at speeds above37 mph (60 km/h).The system continuously monitors driverattention and can provide multiple warn-ings per trip.

The system resets and starts reassessingdriving style and steering behavior whenthe ignition switch is cycled from ON to OFFand back on.

LSD3545

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEINTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS(I-DA) SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the I–DA system.1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

plays in the vehicle information displayand press the OK button. Use thebutton to select “Driver Assistance.” Thenpress the OK button.

2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and pressthe OK button.

NOTE:The setting will be retained even if theengine is restarted.

LSD4105

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS(I-DA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the I–DA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The I-DA system may not operate

properly and may not provide analert in the following conditions:– Poor road conditions such as an

uneven road surface or pot holes.– Strong side wind.– If you have adopted a sporty driv-

ing style with higher corneringspeeds or higher rates ofacceleration.

– Frequent lane changes orchanges to vehicle speed.

• The I–DA system will not provide analert in the following conditions:– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph

(60 km/h).– Short lapses of attention.– Instantaneous distractions such

as dropping an object.

System malfunctionIf the Intelligent Driver Alertness systemmalfunctions, the system warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay and the function will be stoppedautomatically.

Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the systemwarning message continues to appear,have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LSD3563

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performanceand ensure the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life and re-duced engine performance.

• Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not runthe engine over 4,000 rpm.

• Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

• Avoid quick starts.• Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.1. Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake

Pedal Application• Avoid rapid starts and stops.• Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.• Maintain constant speed while com-

muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed• Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.• Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce your num-ber of stops.

• Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds• Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

• Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

• Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds andDistances• Observing the speed limit and not ex-

ceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where le-gally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

• Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unnec-essary braking.

• Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

• Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use Cruise Control• Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.• Cruise control is particularly effective

in providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

6. Plan for the Shortest Route• Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid Idling• Shutting off your engine when safe for

stops exceeding 30–60 seconds savesfuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads• Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruisingspeed through the toll and avoid stop-ping and starting.

9. Winter Warm Up• Limit idling time to minimize impact to

fuel economy.• Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up to ef-fectively circulate the engine oil beforedriving.

• Your vehicle will reach its ideal operat-ing temperature more quickly whiledriving versus idling.

10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool• Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade wheneverpossible.

• When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C system.

• Keep your engine tuned up.• Follow the recommended scheduled

maintenance.• Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

• Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im-proper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

• Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. For additional information, see “Engineoil and oil filter recommendations”(P. 10-2).

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

WARNING

• Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

• Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) orin an appropriate gear for manualtransmission (M/T) models. Failure todo so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident. Make sure theshift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

• Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

• Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved inserious accidents.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. M/T models:Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse)position. When parking on an uphillgrade, place the shift lever in 1st gear.Continuously Variable Transmissionmodels:Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

SSD0488

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, itis a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB O1 :Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

• HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB O2 :Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

• HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO CURBO3 :Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK po-sition and remove the key.

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

• When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assist while driving to oper-ate the steering wheel with light force.When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed, the power as-sist for the steering wheel will be reduced.This is to prevent overheating of the powersteering system and protect it from gettingdamaged. While the power assist is re-duced, steering wheel operation will be-come heavy. When the temperature of thepower steering system goes down, thepower assist level will return to normal.Avoid repeating such steering wheel op-

erations that could cause the power steer-ing system to overheat.You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering system is notfunctioning properly and may need servic-ing. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.For additional information, see “Powersteering warning light” (P. 2-20).

POWER STEERING

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and stopping distance willbe longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

• While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

• If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be lon-ger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

Parking brake break-inBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the brake shoesand/or drums/rotors are replaced, in orderto assure the best brake performance.This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

• The ABS is a sophisticated device, butit cannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember that stop-ping distances on slippery surfaceswill be longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or ifyou are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from the ve-hicle in front of you. Ultimately, thedriver is responsible for safety.

BRAKE SYSTEM

• Tire type and condition may also af-fect braking effectiveness.– When replacing tires, install the

specified size of tires on all fourwheels.

– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. For ad-ditional information, see “Tire andLoading Information label”(P. 8-30).

– For additional information, see“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheelsdo not lock during hard braking or whenbraking on slippery surfaces. The systemdetects the rotation speed at each wheeland varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding.By preventing each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheAnti-lock Braking System will operate toprevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in-cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps,hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you startthe engine and move the vehicle at a lowspeed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and does not indicate a mal-function. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on the

instrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally but without anti-lockassistance.If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-ates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 - 10km/h). The speed varies according to roadconditions.When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal and hear a noisefrom under the hood or feel a vibrationfrom the actuator when it is operating. Thisis normal and indicates that the ABS is op-erating properly. However, the pulsationmay indicate that road conditions are haz-ardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely and be in control of the ve-hicle at all times.

The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.Under certain driving conditions, the VDCsystem helps to perform the followingfunctions:• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel

slip on one slipping drive wheel so poweris transferred to a non-slipping drivewheel on the same axle.

• Controls brake pressure and engine out-put to reduce drive wheel slip based onvehicle speed (traction control function).

• Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:– Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow

the steered path despite increasedsteering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it can-not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driv-ing situations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:• The road may be slippery or the system

may determine some action is required tohelp keep the vehicle on the steered path.

• You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal and indi-cates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

• Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

For additional information, “Slip indicatorlight” (P. 2-11) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” (P. 2-21).If a malfunction occurs in the system, the

indicator light comes on in the instru-ment panel. The VDC system automaticallyturns off when this indicator light is on.The VDC OFF switch (if so equipped) is usedto turn off the VDC system. The VDC systemcan also be enabled or disabled in the ve-hicle information display (if so equipped).The indicator light, the RAB warninglight, and the AEB with Pedestrian Detec-tion warning light illuminate to indicatethat the VDC, the RAB, and the AEB withPedestrian Detection systems are off.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM

When the VDC OFF switch (if so equipped)or the vehicle information display (if soequipped) is used to turn off the system,the VDC system still operates to preventone drive wheel from slipping by transfer-ring power to a non-slipping drive wheel.The indicator light flashes if this oc-curs. All other VDC functions are off and the

indicator light will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position then back to the ON position.The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle for-ward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a clunknoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-tion of a malfunction.

WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when driv-ing and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle's suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly. This could adversely af-fect vehicle handling performance,and the indicator light may flashor illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys-tem may not operate properly andthe indicator light mayilluminate.

• If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the indi-cator light may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the indicatorlight may flash or illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine afterdriving onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the indicatorlight may flash or illuminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the front and rear wheelsdepending on the radius of the turn.